OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc/openrisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-stable/] [binutils-2.20.1/] [gas/] [config/] [tc-hppa.c] - Blame information for rev 818

Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 205 julius
/* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2
   Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3
   2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
 
5
   This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
6
 
7
   GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9
   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
10
   any later version.
11
 
12
   GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13
   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14
   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
15
   GNU General Public License for more details.
16
 
17
   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18
   along with GAS; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to the Free
19
   Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
20
   02110-1301, USA.  */
21
 
22
/* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
23
   at the University of Utah.  */
24
 
25
#include "as.h"
26
#include "safe-ctype.h"
27
#include "subsegs.h"
28
#include "dw2gencfi.h"
29
 
30
#include "bfd/libhppa.h"
31
 
32
/* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*.  */
33
#include "opcode/hppa.h"
34
 
35
#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
36
error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
37
#endif
38
 
39
/* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
40
   records.  Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
41
   then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers.  */
42
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
43
#include "dwarf2dbg.h"
44
 
45
/* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
46
   not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c.  */
47
 
48
/* Object file formats specify relocation types.  */
49
typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
50
 
51
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types.  */
52
typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
53
#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
54
  (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
55
 
56
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
57
/* How to generate a relocation.  */
58
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
59
#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
60
#else
61
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
62
#define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
63
#endif
64
 
65
/* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
66
   to store a copyright string.  */
67
#define obj_version obj_elf_version
68
#define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
69
 
70
#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
71
#endif /* OBJ_ELF */
72
 
73
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
74
/* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces.  */
75
#define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
76
#define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
77
#define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
78
#define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
79
 
80
/* Object file formats specify relocation types.  */
81
typedef int reloc_type;
82
 
83
/* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string.  */
84
#define obj_version obj_som_version
85
#define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
86
 
87
/* How to generate a relocation.  */
88
#define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
89
 
90
/* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types.  */
91
typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
92
#define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
93
  (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
94
 
95
/* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h.  */
96
#ifndef R_DLT_REL
97
#define R_DLT_REL 0x78
98
#endif
99
 
100
#ifndef R_N0SEL
101
#define R_N0SEL 0xd8
102
#endif
103
 
104
#ifndef R_N1SEL
105
#define R_N1SEL 0xd9
106
#endif
107
#endif /* OBJ_SOM */
108
 
109
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
110
#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
111
#else
112
#define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
113
#endif
114
 
115
/* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c.  */
116
 
117
/* Unwind table and descriptor.  FIXME: Sync this with GDB version.  */
118
 
119
struct unwind_desc
120
  {
121
    unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
122
    unsigned int millicode:1;
123
    unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
124
    unsigned int region_desc:2;
125
    unsigned int save_sr:2;
126
    unsigned int entry_fr:4;
127
    unsigned int entry_gr:5;
128
    unsigned int args_stored:1;
129
    unsigned int call_fr:5;
130
    unsigned int call_gr:5;
131
    unsigned int save_sp:1;
132
    unsigned int save_rp:1;
133
    unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
134
    unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
135
    unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
136
 
137
    unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
138
    unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
139
    unsigned int reserved:3;
140
    unsigned int frame_size:27;
141
  };
142
 
143
/* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
144
   place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
145
   object files.  */
146
#define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
147
  (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31)           \
148
   | ((U)->millicode << 30)             \
149
   | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29)   \
150
   | ((U)->region_desc << 27)           \
151
   | ((U)->save_sr << 25)               \
152
   | ((U)->entry_fr << 21)              \
153
   | ((U)->entry_gr << 16)              \
154
   | ((U)->args_stored << 15)           \
155
   | ((U)->call_fr << 10)               \
156
   | ((U)->call_gr << 5)                \
157
   | ((U)->save_sp << 4)                \
158
   | ((U)->save_rp << 3)                \
159
   | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2)       \
160
   | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1)       \
161
   | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
162
 
163
#define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
164
  (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31)    \
165
   | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
166
   | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
167
 
168
struct unwind_table
169
  {
170
    /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
171
       descriptor.  */
172
    unsigned int start_offset;
173
    unsigned int end_offset;
174
    struct unwind_desc descriptor;
175
  };
176
 
177
/* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
178
   control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
179
   creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
180
 
181
   NOTE:  GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
182
   prologues and epilogues.  FIXME.
183
 
184
   The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
185
   .callinfo pseudo-op.  */
186
 
187
struct call_info
188
  {
189
    /* The unwind descriptor being built.  */
190
    struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
191
 
192
    /* Name of this function.  */
193
    symbolS *start_symbol;
194
 
195
    /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function.  */
196
    symbolS *end_symbol;
197
 
198
    /* Next entry in the chain.  */
199
    struct call_info *ci_next;
200
  };
201
 
202
/* Operand formats for FP instructions.   Note not all FP instructions
203
   allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
204
   SGL and DBL).  */
205
typedef enum
206
  {
207
    SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
208
  }
209
fp_operand_format;
210
 
211
/* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
212
   an EXPORT or IMPORT directive.  Only SOM uses this formation
213
   (ELF has no need for it).  */
214
typedef enum
215
  {
216
    SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
217
    SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
218
    SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
219
    SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
220
    SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
221
    SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
222
    SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
223
    SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
224
    SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
225
  }
226
pa_symbol_type;
227
 
228
/* This structure contains information needed to assemble
229
   individual instructions.  */
230
struct pa_it
231
  {
232
    /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip.  */
233
    unsigned long opcode;
234
 
235
    /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction.  */
236
    expressionS exp;
237
 
238
    /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing.  */
239
    int pcrel;
240
 
241
    /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2.  */
242
    fp_operand_format fpof1;
243
    fp_operand_format fpof2;
244
 
245
    /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn.  */
246
    int trunc;
247
 
248
    /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
249
       (for example L%, LR%, etc).  */
250
    long field_selector;
251
 
252
    /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
253
       instruction.  (instruction should be some sort of call).  */
254
    unsigned int arg_reloc;
255
 
256
    /* The format specification for this instruction.  */
257
    int format;
258
 
259
    /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction.  */
260
    reloc_type reloc;
261
  };
262
 
263
/* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
264
 
265
   +--------------+--------------+
266
   |   0 or 16L   |  16 or 16R   |
267
   +--------------+--------------+
268
   |   1 or 17L   |  17 or 17R   |
269
   +--------------+--------------+
270
   |              |              |
271
 
272
   .              .              .
273
   .              .              .
274
   .              .              .
275
 
276
   |              |              |
277
   +--------------+--------------+
278
   |  14 or 30L   |  30 or 30R   |
279
   +--------------+--------------+
280
   |  15 or 31L   |  31 or 31R   |
281
   +--------------+--------------+  */
282
 
283
/* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs.  */
284
struct call_desc
285
  {
286
    /* The argument relocation specification.  */
287
    unsigned int arg_reloc;
288
 
289
    /* Number of arguments.  */
290
    unsigned int arg_count;
291
  };
292
 
293
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
294
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
295
   chain.  */
296
 
297
struct subspace_dictionary_chain
298
  {
299
    /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code.  */
300
    unsigned int ssd_defined;
301
 
302
    /* Name of this subspace.  */
303
    char *ssd_name;
304
 
305
    /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace.  */
306
    asection *ssd_seg;
307
    int ssd_subseg;
308
 
309
    /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain.  */
310
    struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
311
  };
312
 
313
typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
314
 
315
/* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
316
   chain.  */
317
 
318
struct space_dictionary_chain
319
  {
320
    /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
321
       as a default space.  */
322
    unsigned int sd_defined;
323
 
324
    /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code.  */
325
    unsigned int sd_user_defined;
326
 
327
    /* The space number (or index).  */
328
    unsigned int sd_spnum;
329
 
330
    /* The name of this subspace.  */
331
    char *sd_name;
332
 
333
    /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds.  */
334
    asection *sd_seg;
335
 
336
    /* Current subsegment number being used.  */
337
    int sd_last_subseg;
338
 
339
    /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space.  */
340
    ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
341
 
342
    /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain.  */
343
    struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
344
  };
345
 
346
typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
347
 
348
/* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
349
   dictionary entries.  */
350
 
351
struct default_subspace_dict
352
  {
353
    /* Name of the subspace.  */
354
    char *name;
355
 
356
    /* FIXME.  Is this still needed?  */
357
    char defined;
358
 
359
    /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable.  */
360
    char loadable;
361
 
362
    /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code.  */
363
    char code_only;
364
 
365
    /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace.  */
366
    char comdat;
367
 
368
    /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace.  */
369
    char common;
370
 
371
    /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
372
       to be multiply defined.  */
373
    char dup_common;
374
 
375
    /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled.  */
376
    char zero;
377
 
378
    /* Sort key for this subspace.  */
379
    unsigned char sort;
380
 
381
    /* Access control bits for this subspace.  Can represent RWX access
382
       as well as privilege level changes for gateways.  */
383
    int access;
384
 
385
    /* Index of containing space.  */
386
    int space_index;
387
 
388
    /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace.  */
389
    int alignment;
390
 
391
    /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded.  */
392
    int quadrant;
393
 
394
    /* An index into the default spaces array.  */
395
    int def_space_index;
396
 
397
    /* Subsegment associated with this subspace.  */
398
    subsegT subsegment;
399
  };
400
 
401
/* This structure defines attributes of the default space
402
   dictionary entries.  */
403
 
404
struct default_space_dict
405
  {
406
    /* Name of the space.  */
407
    char *name;
408
 
409
    /* Space number.  It is possible to identify spaces within
410
       assembly code numerically!  */
411
    int spnum;
412
 
413
    /* Nonzero if this space is loadable.  */
414
    char loadable;
415
 
416
    /* Nonzero if this space is "defined".  FIXME is still needed */
417
    char defined;
418
 
419
    /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared.  */
420
    char private;
421
 
422
    /* Sort key for this space.  */
423
    unsigned char sort;
424
 
425
    /* Segment associated with this space.  */
426
    asection *segment;
427
  };
428
#endif
429
 
430
/* Structure for previous label tracking.  Needed so that alignments,
431
   callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
432
   label.  */
433
typedef struct label_symbol_struct
434
  {
435
    struct symbol *lss_label;
436
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
437
    sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
438
#endif
439
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
440
    segT lss_segment;
441
#endif
442
    struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
443
  }
444
label_symbol_struct;
445
 
446
/* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA.  */
447
struct hppa_fix_struct
448
  {
449
    /* The field selector.  */
450
    enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
451
 
452
    /* Type of fixup.  */
453
    int fx_r_type;
454
 
455
    /* Format of fixup.  */
456
    int fx_r_format;
457
 
458
    /* Argument relocation bits.  */
459
    unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
460
 
461
    /* The segment this fixup appears in.  */
462
    segT segment;
463
  };
464
 
465
/* Structure to hold information about predefined registers.  */
466
 
467
struct pd_reg
468
  {
469
    char *name;
470
    int value;
471
  };
472
 
473
/* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
474
   to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction.  */
475
struct fp_cond_map
476
  {
477
    char *string;
478
    int cond;
479
  };
480
 
481
/* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
482
   string to a field selector type.  */
483
struct selector_entry
484
  {
485
    char *prefix;
486
    int field_selector;
487
  };
488
 
489
/* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c.  */
490
 
491
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
492
static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
493
#endif
494
 
495
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
496
static void pa_text (int);
497
static void pa_data (int);
498
static void pa_comm (int);
499
#endif
500
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
501
static int exact_log2 (int);
502
static void pa_compiler (int);
503
static void pa_align (int);
504
static void pa_space (int);
505
static void pa_spnum (int);
506
static void pa_subspace (int);
507
static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
508
                                                  int, int, int,
509
                                                  asection *, int);
510
static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
511
                                                      char *, int, int,
512
                                                      int, int, int, int,
513
                                                      int, int, int, int,
514
                                                      int, asection *);
515
static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
516
                                                  char *, int, int, int,
517
                                                  int, int, int, int,
518
                                                  int, int, int, int,
519
                                                  asection *);
520
static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
521
static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
522
static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
523
static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
524
                                                            subsegT);
525
static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
526
static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
527
static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
528
#endif
529
 
530
/* File and globally scoped variable declarations.  */
531
 
532
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
533
/* Root and final entry in the space chain.  */
534
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
535
static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
536
 
537
/* The current space and subspace.  */
538
static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
539
static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
540
#endif
541
 
542
/* Root of the call_info chain.  */
543
static struct call_info *call_info_root;
544
 
545
/* The last call_info (for functions) structure
546
   seen so it can be associated with fixups and
547
   function labels.  */
548
static struct call_info *last_call_info;
549
 
550
/* The last call description (for actual calls).  */
551
static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
552
 
553
/* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
554
static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
555
 
556
/* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
557
   followed by meaningful whitespace.  We don't include `,' and `!'
558
   as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace.  */
559
const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
560
 
561
/* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
562
   a line.  If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
563
   .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
564
 
565
   Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
566
   first line of the input file.  This is because the compiler outputs
567
   #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
568
 
569
   Also note that C style comments will always work.  */
570
const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
571
 
572
/* This array holds the chars that always start a comment.  If the
573
   pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful.  */
574
const char comment_chars[] = ";";
575
 
576
/* This array holds the characters which act as line separators.  */
577
const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
578
 
579
/* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums.  */
580
const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
581
 
582
/* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
583
   As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
584
 
585
   Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
586
   changed in read.c.  Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
587
   at all, but nothing is ideal around here.  */
588
const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
589
 
590
static struct pa_it the_insn;
591
 
592
/* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
593
   and friends.  FIXME.  This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
594
   variable.  */
595
static char *expr_end;
596
 
597
/* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure.  */
598
static int callinfo_found;
599
 
600
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair.  */
601
static int within_entry_exit;
602
 
603
/* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition.  */
604
static int within_procedure;
605
 
606
/* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
607
   seen in each subspace.  */
608
static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
609
 
610
/* Holds the last field selector.  */
611
static int hppa_field_selector;
612
 
613
/* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled.  Zero otherwise.
614
 
615
   Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
616
   not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
617
 
618
   Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
619
   occurs.  However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
620
   by pa_parse_number.  */
621
static int strict;
622
 
623
/* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'.  Mostly
624
   pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
625
   point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
626
   The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
627
   register has a `r' suffix.  */
628
#define FP_REG_BASE 64
629
#define FP_REG_RSEL 128
630
static int pa_number;
631
 
632
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
633
/* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind.  */
634
static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
635
#endif
636
 
637
/* Nonzero if errors are to be printed.  */
638
static int print_errors = 1;
639
 
640
/* List of registers that are pre-defined:
641
 
642
   Each general register has one predefined name of the form
643
   %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
644
 
645
   Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
646
   but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
647
 
648
   Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
649
   %fr<REGNUM>.  Floating point registers have additional predefined
650
   names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
651
   again have the value <REGNUM>.
652
 
653
   Many registers also have synonyms:
654
 
655
   %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
656
   %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
657
   %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
658
   %r30 has %sp as a synonym
659
   %r27 has %dp as a synonym
660
   %r2  has %rp as a synonym
661
 
662
   Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
663
   here for brevity.
664
 
665
   The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search.  */
666
 
667
static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
668
{
669
  {"%arg0",  26},
670
  {"%arg1",  25},
671
  {"%arg2",  24},
672
  {"%arg3",  23},
673
  {"%cr0",    0},
674
  {"%cr10",  10},
675
  {"%cr11",  11},
676
  {"%cr12",  12},
677
  {"%cr13",  13},
678
  {"%cr14",  14},
679
  {"%cr15",  15},
680
  {"%cr16",  16},
681
  {"%cr17",  17},
682
  {"%cr18",  18},
683
  {"%cr19",  19},
684
  {"%cr20",  20},
685
  {"%cr21",  21},
686
  {"%cr22",  22},
687
  {"%cr23",  23},
688
  {"%cr24",  24},
689
  {"%cr25",  25},
690
  {"%cr26",  26},
691
  {"%cr27",  27},
692
  {"%cr28",  28},
693
  {"%cr29",  29},
694
  {"%cr30",  30},
695
  {"%cr31",  31},
696
  {"%cr8",    8},
697
  {"%cr9",    9},
698
  {"%dp",    27},
699
  {"%eiem",  15},
700
  {"%eirr",  23},
701
  {"%farg0",  4 + FP_REG_BASE},
702
  {"%farg1",  5 + FP_REG_BASE},
703
  {"%farg2",  6 + FP_REG_BASE},
704
  {"%farg3",  7 + FP_REG_BASE},
705
  {"%fr0",    0 + FP_REG_BASE},
706
  {"%fr0l",   0 + FP_REG_BASE},
707
  {"%fr0r",   0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
708
  {"%fr1",    1 + FP_REG_BASE},
709
  {"%fr10",  10 + FP_REG_BASE},
710
  {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
711
  {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
712
  {"%fr11",  11 + FP_REG_BASE},
713
  {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
714
  {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
715
  {"%fr12",  12 + FP_REG_BASE},
716
  {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
717
  {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
718
  {"%fr13",  13 + FP_REG_BASE},
719
  {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
720
  {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
721
  {"%fr14",  14 + FP_REG_BASE},
722
  {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
723
  {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
724
  {"%fr15",  15 + FP_REG_BASE},
725
  {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
726
  {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
727
  {"%fr16",  16 + FP_REG_BASE},
728
  {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
729
  {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
730
  {"%fr17",  17 + FP_REG_BASE},
731
  {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
732
  {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
733
  {"%fr18",  18 + FP_REG_BASE},
734
  {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
735
  {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
736
  {"%fr19",  19 + FP_REG_BASE},
737
  {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
738
  {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
739
  {"%fr1l",   1 + FP_REG_BASE},
740
  {"%fr1r",   1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
741
  {"%fr2",    2 + FP_REG_BASE},
742
  {"%fr20",  20 + FP_REG_BASE},
743
  {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
744
  {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
745
  {"%fr21",  21 + FP_REG_BASE},
746
  {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
747
  {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
748
  {"%fr22",  22 + FP_REG_BASE},
749
  {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
750
  {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
751
  {"%fr23",  23 + FP_REG_BASE},
752
  {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
753
  {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
754
  {"%fr24",  24 + FP_REG_BASE},
755
  {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
756
  {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
757
  {"%fr25",  25 + FP_REG_BASE},
758
  {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
759
  {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
760
  {"%fr26",  26 + FP_REG_BASE},
761
  {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
762
  {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
763
  {"%fr27",  27 + FP_REG_BASE},
764
  {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
765
  {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
766
  {"%fr28",  28 + FP_REG_BASE},
767
  {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
768
  {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
769
  {"%fr29",  29 + FP_REG_BASE},
770
  {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
771
  {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
772
  {"%fr2l",   2 + FP_REG_BASE},
773
  {"%fr2r",   2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
774
  {"%fr3",    3 + FP_REG_BASE},
775
  {"%fr30",  30 + FP_REG_BASE},
776
  {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
777
  {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
778
  {"%fr31",  31 + FP_REG_BASE},
779
  {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
780
  {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
781
  {"%fr3l",   3 + FP_REG_BASE},
782
  {"%fr3r",   3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
783
  {"%fr4",    4 + FP_REG_BASE},
784
  {"%fr4l",   4 + FP_REG_BASE},
785
  {"%fr4r",   4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
786
  {"%fr5",    5 + FP_REG_BASE},
787
  {"%fr5l",   5 + FP_REG_BASE},
788
  {"%fr5r",   5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
789
  {"%fr6",    6 + FP_REG_BASE},
790
  {"%fr6l",   6 + FP_REG_BASE},
791
  {"%fr6r",   6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
792
  {"%fr7",    7 + FP_REG_BASE},
793
  {"%fr7l",   7 + FP_REG_BASE},
794
  {"%fr7r",   7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
795
  {"%fr8",    8 + FP_REG_BASE},
796
  {"%fr8l",   8 + FP_REG_BASE},
797
  {"%fr8r",   8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
798
  {"%fr9",    9 + FP_REG_BASE},
799
  {"%fr9l",   9 + FP_REG_BASE},
800
  {"%fr9r",   9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
801
  {"%fret",   4},
802
  {"%hta",   25},
803
  {"%iir",   19},
804
  {"%ior",   21},
805
  {"%ipsw",  22},
806
  {"%isr",   20},
807
  {"%itmr",  16},
808
  {"%iva",   14},
809
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
810
  {"%mrp",    2},
811
#else
812
  {"%mrp",   31},
813
#endif
814
  {"%pcoq",  18},
815
  {"%pcsq",  17},
816
  {"%pidr1",  8},
817
  {"%pidr2",  9},
818
  {"%pidr3", 12},
819
  {"%pidr4", 13},
820
  {"%ppda",  24},
821
  {"%r0",     0},
822
  {"%r1",     1},
823
  {"%r10",   10},
824
  {"%r11",   11},
825
  {"%r12",   12},
826
  {"%r13",   13},
827
  {"%r14",   14},
828
  {"%r15",   15},
829
  {"%r16",   16},
830
  {"%r17",   17},
831
  {"%r18",   18},
832
  {"%r19",   19},
833
  {"%r2",     2},
834
  {"%r20",   20},
835
  {"%r21",   21},
836
  {"%r22",   22},
837
  {"%r23",   23},
838
  {"%r24",   24},
839
  {"%r25",   25},
840
  {"%r26",   26},
841
  {"%r27",   27},
842
  {"%r28",   28},
843
  {"%r29",   29},
844
  {"%r3",     3},
845
  {"%r30",   30},
846
  {"%r31",   31},
847
  {"%r4",     4},
848
  {"%r5",     5},
849
  {"%r6",     6},
850
  {"%r7",     7},
851
  {"%r8",     8},
852
  {"%r9",     9},
853
  {"%rctr",   0},
854
  {"%ret0",  28},
855
  {"%ret1",  29},
856
  {"%rp",     2},
857
  {"%sar",   11},
858
  {"%sp",    30},
859
  {"%sr0",    0},
860
  {"%sr1",    1},
861
  {"%sr2",    2},
862
  {"%sr3",    3},
863
  {"%sr4",    4},
864
  {"%sr5",    5},
865
  {"%sr6",    6},
866
  {"%sr7",    7},
867
  {"%t1",    22},
868
  {"%t2",    21},
869
  {"%t3",    20},
870
  {"%t4",    19},
871
  {"%tf1",   11},
872
  {"%tf2",   10},
873
  {"%tf3",    9},
874
  {"%tf4",    8},
875
  {"%tr0",   24},
876
  {"%tr1",   25},
877
  {"%tr2",   26},
878
  {"%tr3",   27},
879
  {"%tr4",   28},
880
  {"%tr5",   29},
881
  {"%tr6",   30},
882
  {"%tr7",   31}
883
};
884
 
885
/* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
886
   so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
887
   for < first, we would get a false match.  */
888
static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
889
{
890
  {"false?", 0},
891
  {"false", 1},
892
  {"true?", 30},
893
  {"true", 31},
894
  {"!<=>", 3},
895
  {"!?>=", 8},
896
  {"!?<=", 16},
897
  {"!<>", 7},
898
  {"!>=", 11},
899
  {"!?>", 12},
900
  {"?<=", 14},
901
  {"!<=", 19},
902
  {"!?<", 20},
903
  {"?>=", 22},
904
  {"!?=", 24},
905
  {"!=t", 27},
906
  {"<=>", 29},
907
  {"=t", 5},
908
  {"?=", 6},
909
  {"?<", 10},
910
  {"<=", 13},
911
  {"!>", 15},
912
  {"?>", 18},
913
  {">=", 21},
914
  {"!<", 23},
915
  {"<>", 25},
916
  {"!=", 26},
917
  {"!?", 28},
918
  {"?", 2},
919
  {"=", 4},
920
  {"<", 9},
921
  {">", 17}
922
};
923
 
924
static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
925
{
926
  {"f", e_fsel},
927
  {"l", e_lsel},
928
  {"ld", e_ldsel},
929
  {"lp", e_lpsel},
930
  {"lr", e_lrsel},
931
  {"ls", e_lssel},
932
  {"lt", e_ltsel},
933
  {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
934
  {"n", e_nsel},
935
  {"nl", e_nlsel},
936
  {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
937
  {"p", e_psel},
938
  {"r", e_rsel},
939
  {"rd", e_rdsel},
940
  {"rp", e_rpsel},
941
  {"rr", e_rrsel},
942
  {"rs", e_rssel},
943
  {"rt", e_rtsel},
944
  {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
945
  {"t", e_tsel},
946
};
947
 
948
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
949
/* default space and subspace dictionaries */
950
 
951
#define GDB_SYMBOLS     GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
952
#define GDB_STRINGS     GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
953
 
954
/* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA.  */
955
#define SUBSEG_CODE   0
956
#define SUBSEG_LIT    1
957
#define SUBSEG_MILLI  2
958
#define SUBSEG_DATA   0
959
#define SUBSEG_BSS    2
960
#define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
961
#define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
962
#define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
963
 
964
static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
965
{
966
  {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
967
  {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
968
  {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
969
  {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
970
  {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
971
  {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
972
};
973
 
974
static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
975
{
976
  {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
977
  {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
978
  {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
979
};
980
 
981
/* Misc local definitions used by the assembler.  */
982
 
983
/* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces.  */
984
#define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain)      (space_chain)->sd_defined
985
#define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
986
#define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain)        (space_chain)->sd_spnum
987
#define SPACE_NAME(space_chain)         (space_chain)->sd_name
988
 
989
#define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain)      (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
990
#define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain)         (ss_chain)->ssd_name
991
#endif
992
 
993
/* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
994
   a right or left half of a FP register  */
995
#define IS_R_SELECT(S)   (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
996
#define IS_L_SELECT(S)   (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
997
 
998
/* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions.  */
999
 
1000
#define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1001
  { \
1002
    if (immediate_check) \
1003
      { \
1004
        if (pos == -1) \
1005
          pos = (VALUE); \
1006
        else if (len == -1) \
1007
          len = (VALUE); \
1008
      } \
1009
  }
1010
 
1011
/* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START.  Continue pa_ip
1012
   main loop after insertion.  */
1013
 
1014
#define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1015
  { \
1016
    ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1017
    continue; \
1018
  }
1019
 
1020
/* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1021
   IGNORE is used to suppress the error message.  */
1022
 
1023
#define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1024
  { \
1025
    if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1026
      { \
1027
        if (! IGNORE) \
1028
          as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1029
                  (int) (FIELD));\
1030
        break; \
1031
      } \
1032
  }
1033
 
1034
/* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1035
   the current file and line number are not valid.  */
1036
 
1037
#define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1038
  { \
1039
    if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1040
      { \
1041
        as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1042
                      _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1043
                      (int) (FIELD));\
1044
        break; \
1045
      } \
1046
  }
1047
 
1048
/* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1049
   IGNORE is used to suppress the error message.  */
1050
 
1051
#define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1052
  { \
1053
    if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1054
      { \
1055
        if (! IGNORE) \
1056
          as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1057
                  (int) (FIELD));\
1058
        break; \
1059
      } \
1060
  }
1061
 
1062
#define is_DP_relative(exp)                     \
1063
  ((exp).X_op == O_subtract                     \
1064
   && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1065
 
1066
#define is_SB_relative(exp)                     \
1067
  ((exp).X_op == O_subtract                     \
1068
   && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1069
 
1070
#define is_PC_relative(exp)                     \
1071
  ((exp).X_op == O_subtract                     \
1072
   && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1073
 
1074
#define is_tls_gdidx(exp)                       \
1075
  ((exp).X_op == O_subtract                     \
1076
   && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1077
 
1078
#define is_tls_ldidx(exp)                       \
1079
  ((exp).X_op == O_subtract                     \
1080
   && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1081
 
1082
#define is_tls_dtpoff(exp)                      \
1083
  ((exp).X_op == O_subtract                     \
1084
   && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1085
 
1086
#define is_tls_ieoff(exp)                       \
1087
  ((exp).X_op == O_subtract                     \
1088
   && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1089
 
1090
#define is_tls_leoff(exp)                       \
1091
  ((exp).X_op == O_subtract                     \
1092
   && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1093
 
1094
/* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2).  Luckily, we'll
1095
   always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1096
   need real complex handling yet.  */
1097
#define is_complex(exp)                         \
1098
  ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1099
 
1100
/* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler.  */
1101
 
1102
/* Called before writing the object file.  Make sure entry/exit and
1103
   proc/procend pairs match.  */
1104
 
1105
void
1106
pa_check_eof (void)
1107
{
1108
  if (within_entry_exit)
1109
    as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1110
 
1111
  if (within_procedure)
1112
    as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1113
}
1114
 
1115
/* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1116
   or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space.  */
1117
 
1118
static label_symbol_struct *
1119
pa_get_label (void)
1120
{
1121
  label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1122
 
1123
  for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1124
       label_chain;
1125
       label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1126
    {
1127
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1128
    if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1129
      return label_chain;
1130
#endif
1131
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1132
    if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1133
      return label_chain;
1134
#endif
1135
    }
1136
 
1137
  return NULL;
1138
}
1139
 
1140
/* Defines a label for the current space.  If one is already defined,
1141
   this function will replace it with the new label.  */
1142
 
1143
void
1144
pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1145
{
1146
  label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1147
 
1148
  if (label_chain)
1149
    label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1150
  else
1151
    {
1152
      /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain.  */
1153
      label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1154
      label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1155
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1156
      label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1157
#endif
1158
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1159
      label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1160
#endif
1161
      label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1162
 
1163
      if (label_symbols_rootp)
1164
        label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1165
 
1166
      label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1167
    }
1168
 
1169
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1170
  dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1171
#endif
1172
}
1173
 
1174
/* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1175
   If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken.  */
1176
 
1177
static void
1178
pa_undefine_label (void)
1179
{
1180
  label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1181
  label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1182
 
1183
  for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1184
       label_chain;
1185
       label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1186
    {
1187
      if (1
1188
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1189
          && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1190
#endif
1191
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1192
          && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1193
#endif
1194
          )
1195
        {
1196
          /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory.  */
1197
          if (prev_label_chain)
1198
            prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1199
          else
1200
            label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1201
 
1202
          free (label_chain);
1203
          break;
1204
        }
1205
      prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1206
    }
1207
}
1208
 
1209
/* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new.  This is required because the HPPA
1210
   code needs to keep track of some extra stuff.  Each call to fix_new_hppa
1211
   results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct.  An
1212
   hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1213
   original fixS.  This is attached to the original fixup via the
1214
   tc_fix_data field.  */
1215
 
1216
static void
1217
fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1218
              int where,
1219
              int size,
1220
              symbolS *add_symbol,
1221
              offsetT offset,
1222
              expressionS *exp,
1223
              int pcrel,
1224
              bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1225
              enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1226
              int r_format,
1227
              unsigned int arg_reloc,
1228
              int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1229
{
1230
  fixS *new_fix;
1231
  struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1232
 
1233
  if (exp != NULL)
1234
    new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1235
  else
1236
    new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1237
  new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1238
  hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1239
  hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1240
  hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1241
  hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1242
  hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1243
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1244
  if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1245
    new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1246
#endif
1247
 
1248
  /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage.  $global$
1249
     is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1250
     it now so as not to confuse write.c.  Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0.  */
1251
  if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1252
      && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1253
          || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
1254
          || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1255
          || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1256
          || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1257
          || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1258
          || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1259
          || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1260
    new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1261
}
1262
 
1263
/* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1264
   hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa.  */
1265
 
1266
void
1267
cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
1268
{
1269
  unsigned int rel_type;
1270
 
1271
  /* Get a base relocation type.  */
1272
  if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1273
    rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1274
  else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1275
    rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1276
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1277
  else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1278
    rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1279
  else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1280
    rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1281
  else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1282
    rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1283
  else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1284
    rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1285
  else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1286
    rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1287
  else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1288
    rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1289
#endif
1290
  else if (is_complex (*exp))
1291
    rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1292
  else
1293
    rel_type = R_HPPA;
1294
 
1295
  if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1296
    {
1297
      as_warn (_("Invalid field selector.  Assuming F%%."));
1298
      hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1299
    }
1300
 
1301
  fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1302
                (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1303
                hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1304
 
1305
  /* Reset field selector to its default state.  */
1306
  hppa_field_selector = 0;
1307
}
1308
 
1309
/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think).  FIXME.  */
1310
 
1311
static void
1312
get_expression (char *str)
1313
{
1314
  char *save_in;
1315
  asection *seg;
1316
 
1317
  save_in = input_line_pointer;
1318
  input_line_pointer = str;
1319
  seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1320
  if (!(seg == absolute_section
1321
        || seg == undefined_section
1322
        || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1323
    {
1324
      as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1325
      expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1326
      input_line_pointer = save_in;
1327
      return;
1328
    }
1329
  expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1330
  input_line_pointer = save_in;
1331
}
1332
 
1333
/* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n).  Return nonzero if the
1334
   completer was found; return zero if no completer was found.  */
1335
 
1336
static int
1337
pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1338
{
1339
  int nullif;
1340
 
1341
  nullif = 0;
1342
  if (**s == ',')
1343
    {
1344
      *s = *s + 1;
1345
      if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1346
        nullif = 1;
1347
      else
1348
        {
1349
          as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1350
          nullif = 0;
1351
        }
1352
      *s = *s + 1;
1353
    }
1354
 
1355
  return nullif;
1356
}
1357
 
1358
char *
1359
md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1360
{
1361
  return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
1362
}
1363
 
1364
/* Write out big-endian.  */
1365
 
1366
void
1367
md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1368
{
1369
  number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1370
}
1371
 
1372
/* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1373
   format.  */
1374
 
1375
arelent **
1376
tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1377
{
1378
  arelent *reloc;
1379
  struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1380
  static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1381
  arelent **relocs;
1382
  reloc_type **codes;
1383
  reloc_type code;
1384
  int n_relocs;
1385
  int i;
1386
 
1387
  hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1388
  if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1389
    return &no_relocs;
1390
 
1391
  gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1392
  gas_assert (section != 0);
1393
 
1394
  reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
1395
 
1396
  reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1397
  *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1398
 
1399
  /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1400
     When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex.  */
1401
  /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1402
     undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1403
     when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED.  */
1404
  if (fixp->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_COMPLEX && fixp->fx_pcrel)
1405
    {
1406
      fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1407
      fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1408
    }
1409
 
1410
  codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1411
                               fixp->fx_r_type,
1412
                               hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1413
                               hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1414
                               fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1415
                               symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1416
 
1417
  if (codes == NULL)
1418
    {
1419
      as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1420
      abort ();
1421
    }
1422
 
1423
  for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1424
    ;
1425
 
1426
  relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
1427
  reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
1428
  for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1429
    relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1430
 
1431
  relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1432
 
1433
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1434
  switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1435
    {
1436
    default:
1437
      gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
1438
 
1439
      code = *codes[0];
1440
 
1441
      /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type.  */
1442
      switch (code)
1443
        {
1444
        case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1445
        case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1446
        case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1447
        case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1448
        case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1449
        case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1450
          /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1451
             relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1452
             (static link required).  This adjustment is done in
1453
             bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1454
 
1455
             We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1456
             it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1457
             it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry.  */
1458
          reloc->addend = 0;
1459
          break;
1460
 
1461
#ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1462
        case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1463
        case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1464
        case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1465
        case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1466
        case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1467
        case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1468
        case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1469
          reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1470
                                         fixp->fx_offset);
1471
          break;
1472
#endif
1473
 
1474
        case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1475
          /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info.  */
1476
          if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1477
            code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1478
          /* Fall thru */
1479
 
1480
        default:
1481
          reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1482
          break;
1483
        }
1484
 
1485
      reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1486
      *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1487
      reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1488
                                            (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1489
      reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1490
 
1491
      gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1492
      break;
1493
    }
1494
#else /* OBJ_SOM */
1495
 
1496
  /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend.  */
1497
  for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1498
    {
1499
      code = *codes[i];
1500
 
1501
      relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1502
      *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1503
      relocs[i]->howto =
1504
        bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1505
                               (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1506
      relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1507
 
1508
      switch (code)
1509
        {
1510
        case R_COMP2:
1511
          /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1512
             of two symbols.  With that in mind we fill in all four
1513
             relocs now and break out of the loop.  */
1514
          gas_assert (i == 1);
1515
          relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1516
            = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1517
          relocs[0]->howto
1518
            = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1519
                                     (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1520
          relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1521
          relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1522
          relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1523
          *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1524
          relocs[1]->howto
1525
            = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1526
                                     (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1527
          relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1528
          relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1529
          relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1530
          *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1531
          relocs[2]->howto
1532
            = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1533
                                     (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1534
          relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1535
          relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1536
          relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1537
            = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1538
          relocs[3]->howto
1539
            = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1540
                                     (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1541
          relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1542
          relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1543
          relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1544
            = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1545
          relocs[4]->howto
1546
            = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1547
                                     (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1548
          relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1549
          relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1550
          goto done;
1551
        case R_PCREL_CALL:
1552
        case R_ABS_CALL:
1553
          relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1554
          break;
1555
 
1556
        case R_DLT_REL:
1557
        case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1558
        case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1559
          /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1560
             relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1561
             (static link required).
1562
 
1563
             FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1564
 
1565
             We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1566
             it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1567
             it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry.  */
1568
          relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1569
          break;
1570
 
1571
        case R_N_MODE:
1572
        case R_S_MODE:
1573
        case R_D_MODE:
1574
        case R_R_MODE:
1575
        case R_FSEL:
1576
        case R_LSEL:
1577
        case R_RSEL:
1578
        case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1579
        case R_END_BRTAB:
1580
        case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1581
        case R_N0SEL:
1582
        case R_N1SEL:
1583
          /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups.  */
1584
          relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1585
          *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1586
          relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1587
          break;
1588
 
1589
        case R_END_TRY:
1590
        case R_ENTRY:
1591
        case R_EXIT:
1592
          /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups.  */
1593
          relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1594
          *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1595
          relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1596
          break;
1597
 
1598
        default:
1599
          relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1600
        }
1601
    }
1602
 
1603
 done:
1604
#endif
1605
 
1606
  return relocs;
1607
}
1608
 
1609
/* Process any machine dependent frag types.  */
1610
 
1611
void
1612
md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1613
                 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1614
                 fragS *fragP)
1615
{
1616
  unsigned int address;
1617
 
1618
  if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1619
    {
1620
      switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1621
        {
1622
        case 0:
1623
          fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1624
          know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1625
          know (fragP->fr_next);
1626
          address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1627
          if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1628
            {
1629
              fragP->fr_offset =
1630
                fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1631
                - fragP->fr_address
1632
                - fragP->fr_fix;
1633
            }
1634
          else
1635
            fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1636
          break;
1637
        }
1638
    }
1639
}
1640
 
1641
/* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary.  */
1642
 
1643
valueT
1644
md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1645
{
1646
  int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1647
  int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1648
 
1649
  return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1650
}
1651
 
1652
/* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred.  */
1653
 
1654
int
1655
md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1656
{
1657
  int size;
1658
 
1659
  size = 0;
1660
 
1661
  while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1662
    size++;
1663
 
1664
  return size;
1665
}
1666
 
1667
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1668
# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1669
const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1670
# else
1671
const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1672
# endif
1673
#else
1674
# ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1675
const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1676
# else
1677
const char *md_shortopts = "";
1678
# endif
1679
#endif
1680
 
1681
struct option md_longopts[] =
1682
{
1683
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1684
  {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1685
#endif
1686
  {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1687
};
1688
size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1689
 
1690
int
1691
md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1692
{
1693
  switch (c)
1694
    {
1695
    default:
1696
      return 0;
1697
 
1698
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1699
    case 'V':
1700
      print_version_id ();
1701
      break;
1702
#endif
1703
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1704
    case 'c':
1705
      warn_comment = 1;
1706
      break;
1707
#endif
1708
    }
1709
 
1710
  return 1;
1711
}
1712
 
1713
void
1714
md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1715
{
1716
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1717
  fprintf (stream, _("\
1718
  -Q                      ignored\n"));
1719
#endif
1720
#ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1721
  fprintf (stream, _("\
1722
  -c                      print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1723
#endif
1724
}
1725
 
1726
/* We have no need to default values of symbols.  */
1727
 
1728
symbolS *
1729
md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1730
{
1731
  return NULL;
1732
}
1733
 
1734
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1735
#define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1736
  ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1737
#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1738
  (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1739
#else
1740
#define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1741
#endif
1742
 
1743
/* Apply a fixup to an instruction.  */
1744
 
1745
void
1746
md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1747
{
1748
  char *fixpos;
1749
  struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1750
  offsetT new_val;
1751
  int insn, val, fmt;
1752
 
1753
  /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1754
     never be "applied" (they are just markers).  Likewise for
1755
     R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB.  */
1756
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1757
  if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1758
      || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1759
      || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1760
      || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1761
      || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1762
    return;
1763
 
1764
  /* Disgusting.  We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1765
     fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1766
     adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset.  Ugh.  */
1767
  if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1768
    {
1769
      fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1770
      return;
1771
    }
1772
#endif
1773
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1774
  if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1775
      || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1776
    return;
1777
#endif
1778
 
1779
  if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1780
    fixP->fx_done = 1;
1781
 
1782
  /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup.  */
1783
  hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1784
  if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1785
    {
1786
      as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1787
                    _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1788
                    fixP->fx_r_type);
1789
      return;
1790
    }
1791
 
1792
  fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1793
 
1794
  if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1795
    {
1796
      /* Handle constant output. */
1797
      number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1798
      return;
1799
    }
1800
 
1801
  insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1802
  fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1803
 
1804
  /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1805
     which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1806
     In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1807
     will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc.  */
1808
  if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1809
       || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1810
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1811
      && fmt != 32
1812
#endif
1813
      )
1814
    new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1815
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1816
  /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend.  */
1817
  else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1818
           || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1819
           || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1820
           || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1821
           || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1822
           || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1823
    new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1824
#endif
1825
  else
1826
    new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1827
 
1828
  /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above.  */
1829
  if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1830
      && fixP->fx_addsy
1831
      && fixP->fx_pcrel
1832
      && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1833
                                 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1834
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1835
      && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1836
          || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1837
          || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1838
#endif
1839
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
1840
      && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1841
          || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1842
#endif
1843
      && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1844
      && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1845
      && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1846
      && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1847
           && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1848
    {
1849
      new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1850
    }
1851
 
1852
  switch (fmt)
1853
    {
1854
    case 10:
1855
      CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1856
                         fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1857
      val = new_val;
1858
 
1859
      insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1860
                                  | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1861
      break;
1862
    case -11:
1863
      CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1864
                         fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1865
      val = new_val;
1866
 
1867
      insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1868
                                  | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1869
      break;
1870
      /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type.  */
1871
    case 14:
1872
      CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1873
                         fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1874
      val = new_val;
1875
 
1876
      insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1877
      break;
1878
 
1879
      /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type.  */
1880
    case 21:
1881
      CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1882
                         fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1883
      val = new_val;
1884
 
1885
      insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1886
      break;
1887
 
1888
      /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type.  */
1889
    case 11:
1890
      CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1891
                         fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1892
      val = new_val;
1893
 
1894
      insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1895
      break;
1896
 
1897
      /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type.  */
1898
    case 12:
1899
      CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1900
                         fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1901
      val = new_val - 8;
1902
 
1903
      insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1904
      break;
1905
 
1906
      /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type.  */
1907
    case 17:
1908
      {
1909
        offsetT distance = * valP;
1910
 
1911
        /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1912
           range target, then we want to complain.  */
1913
        if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1914
            && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1915
          CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1916
                             fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1917
 
1918
        CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1919
                           fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1920
        val = new_val - 8;
1921
 
1922
        insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1923
        break;
1924
      }
1925
 
1926
    case 22:
1927
      {
1928
        offsetT distance = * valP;
1929
 
1930
        /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1931
           range target, then we want to complain.  */
1932
        if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1933
            && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1934
          CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1935
                             fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1936
 
1937
        CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1938
                           fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1939
        val = new_val - 8;
1940
 
1941
        insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1942
        break;
1943
      }
1944
 
1945
    case -10:
1946
      val = new_val;
1947
      insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1948
      break;
1949
 
1950
    case -16:
1951
      val = new_val;
1952
      insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1953
      break;
1954
 
1955
    case 16:
1956
      val = new_val;
1957
      insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1958
      break;
1959
 
1960
    case 32:
1961
      insn = new_val;
1962
      break;
1963
 
1964
    default:
1965
      as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1966
                    _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1967
      return;
1968
    }
1969
 
1970
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
1971
  switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1972
    {
1973
      case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1974
      case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1975
      case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1976
      case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1977
      case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1978
      case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1979
      case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1980
      case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
1981
        if (fixP->fx_addsy)
1982
          S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1983
        break;
1984
      default:
1985
        break;
1986
    }
1987
#endif
1988
 
1989
  /* Insert the relocation.  */
1990
  bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1991
}
1992
 
1993
/* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1994
   On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset.  */
1995
 
1996
long
1997
md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
1998
{
1999
  return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2000
}
2001
 
2002
/* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
2003
   a statement.  */
2004
 
2005
static int
2006
is_end_of_statement (void)
2007
{
2008
  return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
2009
          || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
2010
          || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
2011
}
2012
 
2013
#define REG_NAME_CNT    (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
2014
 
2015
/* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
2016
   the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure.  */
2017
 
2018
static int
2019
reg_name_search (char *name)
2020
{
2021
  int middle, low, high;
2022
  int cmp;
2023
 
2024
  low = 0;
2025
  high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
2026
 
2027
  do
2028
    {
2029
      middle = (low + high) / 2;
2030
      cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
2031
      if (cmp < 0)
2032
        high = middle - 1;
2033
      else if (cmp > 0)
2034
        low = middle + 1;
2035
      else
2036
        return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2037
    }
2038
  while (low <= high);
2039
 
2040
  return -1;
2041
}
2042
 
2043
/* Read a number from S.  The number might come in one of many forms,
2044
   the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2045
   a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2046
 
2047
   Return 1 on success or 0 on failure.  If STRICT, then a missing
2048
   register prefix will cause a failure.  The number itself is
2049
   returned in `pa_number'.
2050
 
2051
   IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2052
   parsed;  A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2053
   not set.
2054
 
2055
   pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2056
   horribly if it is passed such a constant.  */
2057
 
2058
static int
2059
pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2060
{
2061
  int num;
2062
  char *name;
2063
  char c;
2064
  symbolS *sym;
2065
  int status;
2066
  char *p = *s;
2067
  bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2068
 
2069
  /* Skip whitespace before the number.  */
2070
  while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2071
    p = p + 1;
2072
 
2073
  pa_number = -1;
2074
  have_prefix = 0;
2075
  num = 0;
2076
  if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2077
    {
2078
      /* Looks like a number.  */
2079
 
2080
      if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2081
        {
2082
          /* The number is specified in hex.  */
2083
          p += 2;
2084
          while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2085
                 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2086
            {
2087
              if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2088
                num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2089
              else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2090
                num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2091
              else
2092
                num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2093
              ++p;
2094
            }
2095
        }
2096
      else
2097
        {
2098
          /* The number is specified in decimal.  */
2099
          while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2100
            {
2101
              num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2102
              ++p;
2103
            }
2104
        }
2105
 
2106
      pa_number = num;
2107
 
2108
      /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix.  */
2109
      if (is_float)
2110
        {
2111
          pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2112
          if (! (is_float & 2))
2113
            {
2114
              if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2115
                {
2116
                  pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2117
                  ++p;
2118
                }
2119
              else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2120
                {
2121
                  ++p;
2122
                }
2123
            }
2124
        }
2125
    }
2126
  else if (*p == '%')
2127
    {
2128
      /* The number might be a predefined register.  */
2129
      have_prefix = 1;
2130
      name = p;
2131
      p++;
2132
      c = *p;
2133
      /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2134
         code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2135
         slow.  */
2136
      if (c == 'r')
2137
        {
2138
          p++;
2139
          if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2140
              && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2141
            {
2142
              p += 2;
2143
              num = *p - '0' + 28;
2144
              p++;
2145
            }
2146
          else if (*p == 'p')
2147
            {
2148
              num = 2;
2149
              p++;
2150
            }
2151
          else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2152
            {
2153
              if (print_errors)
2154
                as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2155
              num = -1;
2156
            }
2157
          else
2158
            {
2159
              do
2160
                num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2161
              while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2162
            }
2163
        }
2164
      else
2165
        {
2166
          /* Do a normal register search.  */
2167
          while (is_part_of_name (c))
2168
            {
2169
              p = p + 1;
2170
              c = *p;
2171
            }
2172
          *p = 0;
2173
          status = reg_name_search (name);
2174
          if (status >= 0)
2175
            num = status;
2176
          else
2177
            {
2178
              if (print_errors)
2179
                as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2180
              num = -1;
2181
            }
2182
          *p = c;
2183
        }
2184
 
2185
      pa_number = num;
2186
    }
2187
  else
2188
    {
2189
      /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2190
         is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol.  */
2191
      name = p;
2192
      c = *p;
2193
      while (is_part_of_name (c))
2194
        {
2195
          p = p + 1;
2196
          c = *p;
2197
        }
2198
      *p = 0;
2199
      if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2200
        {
2201
          if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2202
            {
2203
              num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2204
              /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2205
                 register, so...  */
2206
              have_prefix = TRUE;
2207
            }
2208
          else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
2209
            num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2210
          else if (!strict)
2211
            {
2212
              if (print_errors)
2213
                as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2214
              num = -1;
2215
            }
2216
        }
2217
      else if (!strict)
2218
        {
2219
          /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2220
             or for an empty string.  For an empty string we
2221
             will return zero.  That's a concession made for
2222
             compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers.  */
2223
          if (*name == 0)
2224
            num = 0;
2225
          else
2226
            {
2227
              if (print_errors)
2228
                as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2229
              num = -1;
2230
            }
2231
        }
2232
      *p = c;
2233
 
2234
      pa_number = num;
2235
    }
2236
 
2237
  if (!strict || have_prefix)
2238
    {
2239
      *s = p;
2240
      return 1;
2241
    }
2242
  return 0;
2243
}
2244
 
2245
/* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2246
   a new PA-1.1 opcode.  */
2247
 
2248
static int
2249
need_pa11_opcode (void)
2250
{
2251
  if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2252
      && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2253
    {
2254
      /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2255
         then set a new architecture.  */
2256
      if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2257
        {
2258
          if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2259
            as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2260
        }
2261
      return TRUE;
2262
    }
2263
  else
2264
    return FALSE;
2265
}
2266
 
2267
/* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction.  Return the numerical
2268
   code associated with the condition.  */
2269
 
2270
static int
2271
pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2272
{
2273
  int cond, i;
2274
 
2275
  cond = 0;
2276
 
2277
  for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2278
    {
2279
      if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2280
                       strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2281
        {
2282
          cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2283
          *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2284
          /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2285
             report an error.  */
2286
          if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2287
            {
2288
              *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2289
              break;
2290
            }
2291
          while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2292
            *s = *s + 1;
2293
          return cond;
2294
        }
2295
    }
2296
 
2297
  as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2298
 
2299
  /* Advance over the bogus completer.  */
2300
  while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2301
    *s += 1;
2302
 
2303
  return 0;
2304
}
2305
 
2306
/* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest.  */
2307
 
2308
static int
2309
pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2310
{
2311
  int value;
2312
 
2313
  value = 0;
2314
  if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2315
    {
2316
      value = 5;
2317
      *s += 4;
2318
    }
2319
  else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2320
    {
2321
      value = 9;
2322
      *s += 4;
2323
    }
2324
  else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2325
    {
2326
      value = 13;
2327
      *s += 4;
2328
    }
2329
  else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2330
    {
2331
      value = 17;
2332
      *s += 4;
2333
    }
2334
  else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2335
    {
2336
      value = 1;
2337
      *s += 3;
2338
    }
2339
  else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2340
    {
2341
      value = 6;
2342
      *s += 4;
2343
    }
2344
  else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2345
    {
2346
      value = 2;
2347
      *s += 3;
2348
    }
2349
  else
2350
    {
2351
      value = 0;
2352
      as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2353
    }
2354
 
2355
  return value;
2356
}
2357
 
2358
/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2359
   type.  */
2360
 
2361
static fp_operand_format
2362
pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2363
{
2364
  int format;
2365
 
2366
  format = SGL;
2367
  if (**s == ',')
2368
    {
2369
      *s += 1;
2370
      if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2371
        {
2372
          format = SGL;
2373
          *s += 4;
2374
        }
2375
      else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2376
        {
2377
          format = DBL;
2378
          *s += 4;
2379
        }
2380
      else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2381
        {
2382
          format = QUAD;
2383
          *s += 5;
2384
        }
2385
      else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2386
        {
2387
          format = W;
2388
          *s += 2;
2389
        }
2390
      else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2391
        {
2392
          format = UW;
2393
          *s += 3;
2394
        }
2395
      else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2396
        {
2397
          format = DW;
2398
          *s += 3;
2399
        }
2400
      else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2401
        {
2402
          format = UDW;
2403
          *s += 4;
2404
        }
2405
      else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2406
        {
2407
          format = QW;
2408
          *s += 3;
2409
        }
2410
      else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2411
        {
2412
          format = UQW;
2413
          *s += 4;
2414
        }
2415
      else
2416
        {
2417
          format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2418
          as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2419
        }
2420
    }
2421
 
2422
  return format;
2423
}
2424
 
2425
/* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2426
   type.  */
2427
 
2428
static fp_operand_format
2429
pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2430
{
2431
  int format;
2432
 
2433
  format = SGL;
2434
  if (**s == ',')
2435
    {
2436
      *s += 1;
2437
      if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2438
        {
2439
          format = SGL;
2440
          *s += 4;
2441
        }
2442
      else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2443
        {
2444
          format = DBL;
2445
          *s += 4;
2446
        }
2447
      else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2448
        {
2449
          format = QUAD;
2450
          *s += 5;
2451
        }
2452
      else
2453
        {
2454
          format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2455
          as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2456
        }
2457
    }
2458
 
2459
  return format;
2460
}
2461
 
2462
/* Convert from a selector string into a selector type.  */
2463
 
2464
static int
2465
pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2466
{
2467
  int middle, low, high;
2468
  int cmp;
2469
  char name[4];
2470
 
2471
  /* Read past any whitespace.  */
2472
  /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2473
  while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2474
    *str = *str + 1;
2475
 
2476
  if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2477
    name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2478
    name[1] = 0;
2479
  else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2480
    name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2481
    name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2482
    name[2] = 0;
2483
  else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2484
    name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2485
    name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2486
    name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2487
    name[3] = 0;
2488
  else
2489
    return e_fsel;
2490
 
2491
  low = 0;
2492
  high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2493
 
2494
  do
2495
    {
2496
      middle = (low + high) / 2;
2497
      cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2498
      if (cmp < 0)
2499
        high = middle - 1;
2500
      else if (cmp > 0)
2501
        low = middle + 1;
2502
      else
2503
        {
2504
          *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2505
#ifndef OBJ_SOM
2506
          if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2507
            return e_fsel;
2508
#endif
2509
          return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2510
        }
2511
    }
2512
  while (low <= high);
2513
 
2514
  return e_fsel;
2515
}
2516
 
2517
/* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA.  Called by
2518
   cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro.  */
2519
 
2520
void
2521
parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2522
{
2523
  hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2524
  expression (exp);
2525
}
2526
 
2527
/* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2528
   the selector FIELD_SELECTOR.  Return the value of the expression.  */
2529
static int
2530
evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2531
{
2532
  offsetT value;
2533
  expressionS exp;
2534
  int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2535
 
2536
  exp = insn->exp;
2537
  value = exp.X_add_number;
2538
 
2539
  return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2540
}
2541
 
2542
/* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression.  FIXME.  */
2543
 
2544
static int
2545
pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2546
{
2547
  char *save_in;
2548
 
2549
  insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2550
  save_in = input_line_pointer;
2551
  input_line_pointer = *strp;
2552
  expression (&insn->exp);
2553
  /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
2554
 
2555
     The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways.  Consider
2556
     this string "4 %r5"  Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2557
     r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
2558
 
2559
     If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
2560
     again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character.  */
2561
  if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
2562
    {
2563
      char *s, c;
2564
      int retval;
2565
 
2566
      input_line_pointer = *strp;
2567
      s = *strp;
2568
      while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2569
        s++;
2570
 
2571
      c = *s;
2572
      *s = 0;
2573
 
2574
      retval = pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2575
 
2576
      input_line_pointer = save_in;
2577
      *s = c;
2578
      return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2579
    }
2580
  /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
2581
     and return to our caller.  */
2582
  if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
2583
    {
2584
      expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2585
      input_line_pointer = save_in;
2586
      return 0;
2587
    }
2588
  if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2589
    {
2590
      as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2591
      expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2592
      input_line_pointer = save_in;
2593
      return 0;
2594
    }
2595
  expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2596
  input_line_pointer = save_in;
2597
  return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2598
}
2599
 
2600
/* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2601
   argument location number.  */
2602
 
2603
static unsigned int
2604
pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2605
{
2606
 
2607
  if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2608
    return 0;
2609
  if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2610
    return 1;
2611
  else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2612
    return 2;
2613
  else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2614
    return 3;
2615
  else
2616
    as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2617
 
2618
  return 0;
2619
}
2620
 
2621
/* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2622
   the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc.  */
2623
 
2624
static unsigned int
2625
pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2626
{
2627
  unsigned int new_reloc;
2628
 
2629
  new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2630
  switch (reg)
2631
    {
2632
    case 0:
2633
      new_reloc <<= 8;
2634
      break;
2635
    case 1:
2636
      new_reloc <<= 6;
2637
      break;
2638
    case 2:
2639
      new_reloc <<= 4;
2640
      break;
2641
    case 3:
2642
      new_reloc <<= 2;
2643
      break;
2644
    default:
2645
      as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2646
    }
2647
 
2648
  return new_reloc;
2649
}
2650
 
2651
/* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2652
   number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
2653
 
2654
static int
2655
pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2656
{
2657
  int cmpltr;
2658
  char *name = *s + 1;
2659
  char c;
2660
  char *save_s = *s;
2661
  int nullify = 0;
2662
 
2663
  cmpltr = 0;
2664
  if (**s == ',')
2665
    {
2666
      *s += 1;
2667
      while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2668
        *s += 1;
2669
      c = **s;
2670
      **s = 0x00;
2671
 
2672
      if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2673
        {
2674
          cmpltr = 1;
2675
        }
2676
      else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2677
        {
2678
          cmpltr = 2;
2679
        }
2680
      else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2681
        {
2682
          cmpltr = 3;
2683
        }
2684
      else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2685
        {
2686
          cmpltr = 4;
2687
        }
2688
      else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2689
        {
2690
          cmpltr = 5;
2691
        }
2692
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2693
        {
2694
          cmpltr = 6;
2695
        }
2696
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2697
        {
2698
          cmpltr = 7;
2699
        }
2700
      /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2701
         completer.  */
2702
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2703
        {
2704
          cmpltr = 0;
2705
          nullify = 1;
2706
        }
2707
      else
2708
        {
2709
          cmpltr = -1;
2710
        }
2711
      **s = c;
2712
    }
2713
 
2714
  /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction.  */
2715
  if (nullify)
2716
    *s = save_s;
2717
 
2718
  return cmpltr;
2719
}
2720
 
2721
/* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2722
   number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
2723
 
2724
static int
2725
pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2726
{
2727
  int cmpltr;
2728
  char *name = *s + 1;
2729
  char c;
2730
  char *save_s = *s;
2731
  int nullify = 0;
2732
 
2733
  cmpltr = 0;
2734
  if (**s == ',')
2735
    {
2736
      *s += 1;
2737
      while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2738
        *s += 1;
2739
      c = **s;
2740
      **s = 0x00;
2741
 
2742
      if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2743
        {
2744
          cmpltr = 0;
2745
        }
2746
      else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2747
        {
2748
          cmpltr = 1;
2749
        }
2750
      else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2751
        {
2752
          cmpltr = 2;
2753
        }
2754
      else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2755
        {
2756
          cmpltr = 3;
2757
        }
2758
      else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2759
        {
2760
          cmpltr = 4;
2761
        }
2762
      else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2763
        {
2764
          cmpltr = 5;
2765
        }
2766
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2767
        {
2768
          cmpltr = 6;
2769
        }
2770
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2771
        {
2772
          cmpltr = 7;
2773
        }
2774
      /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2775
         completer.  */
2776
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2777
        {
2778
          cmpltr = 0;
2779
          nullify = 1;
2780
        }
2781
      else
2782
        {
2783
          cmpltr = -1;
2784
        }
2785
      **s = c;
2786
    }
2787
 
2788
  /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction.  */
2789
  if (nullify)
2790
    *s = save_s;
2791
 
2792
  return cmpltr;
2793
}
2794
 
2795
/* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2796
   encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2797
 
2798
   Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2799
   returned as 8-15.  */
2800
 
2801
static int
2802
pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2803
{
2804
  int cmpltr;
2805
  char *name = *s + 1;
2806
  char c;
2807
 
2808
  cmpltr = -1;
2809
  if (**s == ',')
2810
    {
2811
      *s += 1;
2812
      while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2813
        *s += 1;
2814
      c = **s;
2815
      **s = 0x00;
2816
 
2817
      if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2818
        {
2819
          cmpltr = 0;
2820
        }
2821
      else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2822
        {
2823
          cmpltr = 1;
2824
        }
2825
      else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2826
        {
2827
          cmpltr = 2;
2828
        }
2829
      else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2830
        {
2831
          cmpltr = 3;
2832
        }
2833
      else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2834
        {
2835
          cmpltr = 4;
2836
        }
2837
      else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2838
        {
2839
          cmpltr = 5;
2840
        }
2841
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2842
        {
2843
          cmpltr = 6;
2844
        }
2845
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2846
        {
2847
          cmpltr = 7;
2848
        }
2849
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2850
        {
2851
          cmpltr = 8;
2852
        }
2853
      else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2854
        {
2855
          cmpltr = 9;
2856
        }
2857
      else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2858
        {
2859
          cmpltr = 10;
2860
        }
2861
      else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2862
        {
2863
          cmpltr = 11;
2864
        }
2865
      else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2866
        {
2867
          cmpltr = 12;
2868
        }
2869
      else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2870
        {
2871
          cmpltr = 13;
2872
        }
2873
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2874
        {
2875
          cmpltr = 14;
2876
        }
2877
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2878
        {
2879
          cmpltr = 15;
2880
        }
2881
      else
2882
        {
2883
          cmpltr = -1;
2884
        }
2885
      **s = c;
2886
    }
2887
 
2888
  return cmpltr;
2889
}
2890
 
2891
/* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2892
   (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
2893
 
2894
static int
2895
pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2896
{
2897
  int cmpltr;
2898
  char *name = *s + 1;
2899
  char c;
2900
 
2901
  cmpltr = -1;
2902
  if (**s == ',')
2903
    {
2904
      *s += 1;
2905
      while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2906
        *s += 1;
2907
      c = **s;
2908
      **s = 0x00;
2909
 
2910
      if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2911
        {
2912
          cmpltr = 0;
2913
        }
2914
      else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2915
        {
2916
          cmpltr = 1;
2917
        }
2918
      else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2919
        {
2920
          cmpltr = 2;
2921
        }
2922
      else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2923
        {
2924
          cmpltr = 3;
2925
        }
2926
      else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2927
        {
2928
          cmpltr = 4;
2929
        }
2930
      else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2931
        {
2932
          cmpltr = 5;
2933
        }
2934
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2935
        {
2936
          cmpltr = 6;
2937
        }
2938
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2939
        {
2940
          cmpltr = 7;
2941
        }
2942
      else
2943
        {
2944
          cmpltr = -1;
2945
        }
2946
      **s = c;
2947
    }
2948
 
2949
  return cmpltr;
2950
}
2951
 
2952
/* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2953
   (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
2954
 
2955
static int
2956
pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2957
{
2958
  int cmpltr;
2959
  char *name = *s + 1;
2960
  char c;
2961
  char *save_s = *s;
2962
  int nullify = 0;
2963
 
2964
  cmpltr = 0;
2965
  if (**s == ',')
2966
    {
2967
      *s += 1;
2968
      while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2969
        *s += 1;
2970
      c = **s;
2971
      **s = 0x00;
2972
      if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2973
        {
2974
          cmpltr = 1;
2975
        }
2976
      else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2977
        {
2978
          cmpltr = 2;
2979
        }
2980
      else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2981
        {
2982
          cmpltr = 3;
2983
        }
2984
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2985
        {
2986
          cmpltr = 4;
2987
        }
2988
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2989
        {
2990
          cmpltr = 5;
2991
        }
2992
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2993
        {
2994
          cmpltr = 6;
2995
        }
2996
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2997
        {
2998
          cmpltr = 7;
2999
        }
3000
      /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3001
         completer.  */
3002
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3003
        {
3004
          cmpltr = 0;
3005
          nullify = 1;
3006
        }
3007
      else
3008
        {
3009
          cmpltr = -1;
3010
        }
3011
      **s = c;
3012
    }
3013
 
3014
  /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction.  */
3015
  if (nullify)
3016
    *s = save_s;
3017
 
3018
  return cmpltr;
3019
}
3020
 
3021
/* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
3022
   (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
3023
 
3024
static int
3025
pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
3026
{
3027
  int cmpltr;
3028
  char *name = *s + 1;
3029
  char c;
3030
  char *save_s = *s;
3031
  int nullify = 0;
3032
 
3033
  cmpltr = 0;
3034
  if (**s == ',')
3035
    {
3036
      *s += 1;
3037
      while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3038
        *s += 1;
3039
      c = **s;
3040
      **s = 0x00;
3041
      if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3042
        {
3043
          cmpltr = 0;
3044
        }
3045
      else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3046
        {
3047
          cmpltr = 1;
3048
        }
3049
      else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3050
        {
3051
          cmpltr = 2;
3052
        }
3053
      else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3054
        {
3055
          cmpltr = 3;
3056
        }
3057
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3058
        {
3059
          cmpltr = 4;
3060
        }
3061
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3062
        {
3063
          cmpltr = 5;
3064
        }
3065
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3066
        {
3067
          cmpltr = 6;
3068
        }
3069
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3070
        {
3071
          cmpltr = 7;
3072
        }
3073
      /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3074
         completer.  */
3075
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3076
        {
3077
          cmpltr = 0;
3078
          nullify = 1;
3079
        }
3080
      else
3081
        {
3082
          cmpltr = -1;
3083
        }
3084
      **s = c;
3085
    }
3086
 
3087
  /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction.  */
3088
  if (nullify)
3089
    *s = save_s;
3090
 
3091
  return cmpltr;
3092
}
3093
 
3094
/* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3095
   encoding in instructions) of the given completer.  */
3096
 
3097
static int
3098
pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3099
{
3100
  int cmpltr;
3101
  char *name = *s + 1;
3102
  char c;
3103
  char *save_s = *s;
3104
  int nullify = 0;
3105
 
3106
  cmpltr = 0;
3107
  if (**s == ',')
3108
    {
3109
      *s += 1;
3110
      while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3111
        *s += 1;
3112
      c = **s;
3113
      **s = 0x00;
3114
      if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3115
        {
3116
          cmpltr = 1;
3117
        }
3118
      else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3119
        {
3120
          cmpltr = 2;
3121
        }
3122
      else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3123
        {
3124
          cmpltr = 3;
3125
        }
3126
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3127
        {
3128
          cmpltr = 4;
3129
        }
3130
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3131
        {
3132
          cmpltr = 5;
3133
        }
3134
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3135
        {
3136
          cmpltr = 6;
3137
        }
3138
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3139
        {
3140
          cmpltr = 7;
3141
        }
3142
      else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3143
        {
3144
          cmpltr = 8;
3145
        }
3146
      else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3147
        {
3148
          cmpltr = 9;
3149
        }
3150
      else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3151
        {
3152
          cmpltr = 10;
3153
        }
3154
      else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3155
        {
3156
          cmpltr = 11;
3157
        }
3158
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3159
        {
3160
          cmpltr = 12;
3161
        }
3162
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3163
        {
3164
          cmpltr = 13;
3165
        }
3166
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3167
        {
3168
          cmpltr = 14;
3169
        }
3170
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3171
        {
3172
          cmpltr = 15;
3173
        }
3174
      /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3175
         completer.  */
3176
      else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3177
        {
3178
          cmpltr = 0;
3179
          nullify = 1;
3180
        }
3181
      else
3182
        {
3183
          cmpltr = -1;
3184
        }
3185
      **s = c;
3186
    }
3187
 
3188
  /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction.  */
3189
  if (nullify)
3190
    *s = save_s;
3191
 
3192
  return cmpltr;
3193
}
3194
 
3195
/* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction.  Store results
3196
   into the global "the_insn" variable.  */
3197
 
3198
static void
3199
pa_ip (char *str)
3200
{
3201
  char *error_message = "";
3202
  char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3203
  const char *args;
3204
  int match = FALSE;
3205
  int comma = 0;
3206
  int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
3207
  int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
3208
  unsigned long opcode;
3209
  struct pa_opcode *insn;
3210
 
3211
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
3212
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
3213
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3214
#endif
3215
 
3216
  /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3217
     case.  */
3218
  for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3219
    *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3220
 
3221
  /* Skip to something interesting.  */
3222
  for (s = str;
3223
       ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3224
       ++s)
3225
    ;
3226
 
3227
  switch (*s)
3228
    {
3229
 
3230
    case '\0':
3231
      break;
3232
 
3233
    case ',':
3234
      comma = 1;
3235
 
3236
      /*FALLTHROUGH */
3237
 
3238
    case ' ':
3239
      *s++ = '\0';
3240
      break;
3241
 
3242
    default:
3243
      as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3244
      return;
3245
    }
3246
 
3247
  /* Look up the opcode in the hash table.  */
3248
  if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3249
    {
3250
      as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3251
      return;
3252
    }
3253
 
3254
  if (comma)
3255
    *--s = ',';
3256
 
3257
  /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3258
     start processing them.  */
3259
  argstart = s;
3260
  for (;;)
3261
    {
3262
      /* Do some initialization.  */
3263
      opcode = insn->match;
3264
      strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3265
      memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3266
 
3267
      the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3268
 
3269
      if (insn->arch >= pa20
3270
          && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3271
        goto failed;
3272
 
3273
      /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3274
         sure that the operands match.  */
3275
      for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3276
        {
3277
          /* Absorb white space in instruction.  */
3278
          while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3279
            s++;
3280
 
3281
          switch (*args)
3282
            {
3283
            /* End of arguments.  */
3284
            case '\0':
3285
              if (*s == '\0')
3286
                match = TRUE;
3287
              break;
3288
 
3289
            case '+':
3290
              if (*s == '+')
3291
                {
3292
                  ++s;
3293
                  continue;
3294
                }
3295
              if (*s == '-')
3296
                continue;
3297
              break;
3298
 
3299
            /* These must match exactly.  */
3300
            case '(':
3301
            case ')':
3302
            case ',':
3303
            case ' ':
3304
              if (*s++ == *args)
3305
                continue;
3306
              break;
3307
 
3308
            /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10.  */
3309
            case 'b':
3310
            case '^':
3311
              if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3312
                break;
3313
              num = pa_number;
3314
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3315
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3316
 
3317
            /* Handle %sar or %cr11.  No bits get set, we just verify that it
3318
               is there.  */
3319
            case '!':
3320
              /* Skip whitespace before register.  */
3321
              while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3322
                s = s + 1;
3323
 
3324
              if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3325
                {
3326
                  s += 4;
3327
                  continue;
3328
                }
3329
              else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3330
                {
3331
                  s += 5;
3332
                  continue;
3333
                }
3334
              break;
3335
 
3336
            /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15.  */
3337
            case 'x':
3338
              if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3339
                break;
3340
              num = pa_number;
3341
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3342
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3343
 
3344
            /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31.  */
3345
            case 't':
3346
              if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3347
                break;
3348
              num = pa_number;
3349
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3350
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3351
 
3352
            /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15.  */
3353
            case 'a':
3354
              if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3355
                break;
3356
              num = pa_number;
3357
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3358
              opcode |= num << 16;
3359
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3360
 
3361
            /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31.  */
3362
            case 'T':
3363
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3364
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3365
                break;
3366
              s = expr_end;
3367
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3368
              SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
3369
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3370
 
3371
            /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15.  */
3372
            case '5':
3373
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3374
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3375
                break;
3376
              s = expr_end;
3377
              /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3378
                 match instead of giving an out of range error.  */
3379
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3380
              num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3381
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3382
 
3383
            /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31.  */
3384
            case 'V':
3385
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3386
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3387
                break;
3388
              s = expr_end;
3389
              /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3390
                 match instead of giving an out of range error.  */
3391
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3392
              num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3393
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3394
 
3395
            /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31.  */
3396
            case 'r':
3397
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3398
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3399
                break;
3400
              s = expr_end;
3401
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3402
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3403
 
3404
            /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15.  */
3405
            case 'R':
3406
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3407
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3408
                break;
3409
              s = expr_end;
3410
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3411
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3412
 
3413
            /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15.  */
3414
            case 'U':
3415
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3416
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3417
                break;
3418
              s = expr_end;
3419
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3420
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3421
 
3422
            /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17.  */
3423
            case 's':
3424
              if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3425
                break;
3426
              num = pa_number;
3427
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3428
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3429
 
3430
            /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18.  */
3431
            case 'S':
3432
              if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3433
                break;
3434
              num = pa_number;
3435
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3436
              opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3437
              continue;
3438
 
3439
            /* Handle all completers.  */
3440
            case 'c':
3441
              switch (*++args)
3442
                {
3443
 
3444
                /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store.  */
3445
                case 'X':
3446
                case 'x':
3447
                  {
3448
                    int uu = 0;
3449
                    int m = 0;
3450
                    int i = 0;
3451
                    while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3452
                      {
3453
                        s++;
3454
                        if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3455
                          {
3456
                            uu = 1;
3457
                            m = 1;
3458
                            s++;
3459
                            i++;
3460
                          }
3461
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3462
                          m = 1;
3463
                        else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3464
                                 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3465
                          uu = 1;
3466
                        else if (strict)
3467
                          {
3468
                            /* This is a match failure.  */
3469
                            s--;
3470
                            break;
3471
                          }
3472
                        else
3473
                          as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3474
                        s++;
3475
                        i++;
3476
                      }
3477
                    if (i > 2)
3478
                      as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3479
                    opcode |= m << 5;
3480
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3481
                  }
3482
 
3483
                /* Handle a short load/store completer.  */
3484
                case 'M':
3485
                case 'm':
3486
                case 'q':
3487
                case 'J':
3488
                case 'e':
3489
                  {
3490
                    int a = 0;
3491
                    int m = 0;
3492
                    if (*s == ',')
3493
                      {
3494
                        s++;
3495
                        if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3496
                          {
3497
                            a = 0;
3498
                            m = 1;
3499
                            s += 2;
3500
                          }
3501
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3502
                          {
3503
                            a = 1;
3504
                            m = 1;
3505
                            s += 2;
3506
                          }
3507
                        else if (strict)
3508
                          /* This is a match failure.  */
3509
                          s--;
3510
                        else
3511
                          {
3512
                            as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3513
                            s += 2;
3514
                          }
3515
                      }
3516
                    /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3517
                       consider this a positive match for 'ce'.  */
3518
                    else if (*args == 'e')
3519
                      break;
3520
 
3521
                   /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3522
                       encode the before/after field.  */
3523
                   if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3524
                      {
3525
                        opcode |= m << 5;
3526
                        INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3527
                      }
3528
                    else if (*args == 'q')
3529
                      {
3530
                        opcode |= m << 3;
3531
                        INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3532
                      }
3533
                    else if (*args == 'J')
3534
                      {
3535
                        /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode.  */
3536
                        INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3537
                      }
3538
                    else if (*args == 'e')
3539
                      {
3540
                        /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3541
                           instruction.  We will use (and remove it)
3542
                           later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'.  */
3543
                        opcode |= a;
3544
                        continue;
3545
                      }
3546
                  }
3547
 
3548
                /* Handle a stbys completer.  */
3549
                case 'A':
3550
                case 's':
3551
                  {
3552
                    int a = 0;
3553
                    int m = 0;
3554
                    int i = 0;
3555
                    while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3556
                      {
3557
                        s++;
3558
                        if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3559
                          m = 1;
3560
                        else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3561
                                 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3562
                          a = 0;
3563
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3564
                          a = 1;
3565
                        /* In strict mode, this is a match failure.  */
3566
                        else if (strict)
3567
                          {
3568
                            s--;
3569
                            break;
3570
                          }
3571
                        else
3572
                          as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3573
                        s++;
3574
                        i++;
3575
                      }
3576
                    if (i > 2)
3577
                      as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3578
                    opcode |= m << 5;
3579
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3580
                  }
3581
 
3582
                /* Handle load cache hint completer.  */
3583
                case 'c':
3584
                  cmpltr = 0;
3585
                  if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3586
                    {
3587
                      s += 3;
3588
                      cmpltr = 2;
3589
                    }
3590
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3591
 
3592
                /* Handle store cache hint completer.  */
3593
                case 'C':
3594
                  cmpltr = 0;
3595
                  if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3596
                    {
3597
                      s += 3;
3598
                      cmpltr = 2;
3599
                    }
3600
                  else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3601
                    {
3602
                      s += 3;
3603
                      cmpltr = 1;
3604
                    }
3605
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3606
 
3607
                /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer.  */
3608
                case 'd':
3609
                  cmpltr = 0;
3610
                  if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3611
                    {
3612
                      s += 3;
3613
                      cmpltr = 1;
3614
                    }
3615
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3616
 
3617
                /* Handle load ordering completer.  */
3618
                case 'o':
3619
                  if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3620
                    break;
3621
                  s += 2;
3622
                  continue;
3623
 
3624
                /* Handle a branch gate completer.  */
3625
                case 'g':
3626
                  if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3627
                    break;
3628
                  s += 5;
3629
                  continue;
3630
 
3631
                /* Handle a branch link and push completer.  */
3632
                case 'p':
3633
                  if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3634
                    break;
3635
                  s += 7;
3636
                  continue;
3637
 
3638
                /* Handle a branch link completer.  */
3639
                case 'l':
3640
                  if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3641
                    break;
3642
                  s += 2;
3643
                  continue;
3644
 
3645
                /* Handle a branch pop completer.  */
3646
                case 'P':
3647
                  if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3648
                    break;
3649
                  s += 4;
3650
                  continue;
3651
 
3652
                /* Handle a local processor completer.  */
3653
                case 'L':
3654
                  if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3655
                    break;
3656
                  s += 2;
3657
                  continue;
3658
 
3659
                /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer.  */
3660
                case 'w':
3661
                  flag = 0;
3662
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3663
                    {
3664
                      flag = 1;
3665
                      s += 2;
3666
                    }
3667
                  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3668
                    {
3669
                      flag = 0;
3670
                      s += 2;
3671
                    }
3672
 
3673
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3674
 
3675
                /* Handle MFCTL wide completer.  */
3676
                case 'W':
3677
                  if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3678
                    break;
3679
                  s += 2;
3680
                  continue;
3681
 
3682
                /* Handle an RFI restore completer.  */
3683
                case 'r':
3684
                  flag = 0;
3685
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3686
                    {
3687
                      flag = 5;
3688
                      s += 2;
3689
                    }
3690
 
3691
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3692
 
3693
                /* Handle a system control completer.  */
3694
                case 'Z':
3695
                  if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3696
                    {
3697
                      flag = 1;
3698
                      s += 2;
3699
                    }
3700
                  else
3701
                    flag = 0;
3702
 
3703
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3704
 
3705
                /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR.  */
3706
                case 'i':
3707
                  flag = 0;
3708
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3709
                    {
3710
                      flag = 1;
3711
                      s += 2;
3712
                    }
3713
 
3714
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3715
 
3716
                /* Handle zero/sign extension completer.  */
3717
                case 'z':
3718
                  flag = 1;
3719
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3720
                    {
3721
                      flag = 0;
3722
                      s += 2;
3723
                    }
3724
 
3725
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3726
 
3727
                /* Handle add completer.  */
3728
                case 'a':
3729
                  flag = 1;
3730
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3731
                    {
3732
                      flag = 2;
3733
                      s += 2;
3734
                    }
3735
                  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3736
                    {
3737
                      flag = 3;
3738
                      s += 4;
3739
                    }
3740
 
3741
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3742
 
3743
                /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD.  */
3744
                case 'Y':
3745
                  flag = 0;
3746
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3747
                      !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3748
                    {
3749
                      flag = 1;
3750
                      s += 7;
3751
                    }
3752
                  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3753
                    {
3754
                      flag = 0;
3755
                      s += 3;
3756
                    }
3757
                  else
3758
                    break;
3759
 
3760
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3761
 
3762
                /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD.  */
3763
                case 'y':
3764
                  flag = 0;
3765
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3766
                      !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3767
                    {
3768
                      flag = 1;
3769
                      s += 6;
3770
                    }
3771
                  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3772
                    {
3773
                      flag = 0;
3774
                      s += 2;
3775
                    }
3776
                  else
3777
                    break;
3778
 
3779
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3780
 
3781
                /* Handle trap on signed overflow.  */
3782
                case 'v':
3783
                  flag = 0;
3784
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3785
                    {
3786
                      flag = 1;
3787
                      s += 4;
3788
                    }
3789
 
3790
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3791
 
3792
                /* Handle trap on condition and overflow.  */
3793
                case 't':
3794
                  flag = 0;
3795
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3796
                      !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3797
                    {
3798
                      flag = 1;
3799
                      s += 7;
3800
                    }
3801
                  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3802
                    {
3803
                      flag = 0;
3804
                      s += 3;
3805
                    }
3806
                  else
3807
                    break;
3808
 
3809
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3810
 
3811
                /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB.  */
3812
                case 'B':
3813
                  flag = 0;
3814
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3815
                      !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3816
                    {
3817
                      flag = 1;
3818
                      s += 7;
3819
                    }
3820
                  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3821
                    {
3822
                      flag = 0;
3823
                      s += 3;
3824
                    }
3825
                  else
3826
                    break;
3827
 
3828
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3829
 
3830
                /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB.  */
3831
                case 'b':
3832
                  flag = 0;
3833
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3834
                      !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3835
                    {
3836
                      flag = 1;
3837
                      s += 6;
3838
                    }
3839
                  else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3840
                    {
3841
                      flag = 0;
3842
                      s += 2;
3843
                    }
3844
                  else
3845
                    break;
3846
 
3847
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3848
 
3849
                /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM.  */
3850
                case 'T':
3851
                  flag = 0;
3852
                  if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3853
                    {
3854
                      flag = 1;
3855
                      s += 3;
3856
                    }
3857
 
3858
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3859
 
3860
                /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21.  */
3861
                case 'S':
3862
                  {
3863
                    int sign = 1;
3864
                    if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3865
                      {
3866
                        sign = 1;
3867
                        s += 2;
3868
                      }
3869
                    else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3870
                      {
3871
                        sign = 0;
3872
                        s += 2;
3873
                      }
3874
 
3875
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3876
                  }
3877
 
3878
                /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18.  */
3879
                case 'h':
3880
                  if (*s++ == ',')
3881
                    {
3882
                      int lr = 0;
3883
                      if (*s == 'r')
3884
                        lr = 2;
3885
                      else if (*s == 'l')
3886
                        lr = 0;
3887
                      else
3888
                        as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3889
 
3890
                      s++;
3891
                      INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3892
                    }
3893
                  else
3894
                    as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3895
                  break;
3896
 
3897
                /* Handle saturation at 24:25.  */
3898
                case 'H':
3899
                  {
3900
                    int sat = 3;
3901
                    if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3902
                      {
3903
                        sat = 1;
3904
                        s += 3;
3905
                      }
3906
                    else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3907
                      {
3908
                        sat = 0;
3909
                        s += 3;
3910
                      }
3911
 
3912
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3913
                  }
3914
 
3915
                /* Handle permutation completer.  */
3916
                case '*':
3917
                  if (*s++ == ',')
3918
                    {
3919
                      int permloc[4];
3920
                      int perm = 0;
3921
                      int i = 0;
3922
                      permloc[0] = 13;
3923
                      permloc[1] = 10;
3924
                      permloc[2] = 8;
3925
                      permloc[3] = 6;
3926
                      for (; i < 4; i++)
3927
                        {
3928
                          switch (*s++)
3929
                            {
3930
                            case '0':
3931
                              perm = 0;
3932
                              break;
3933
                            case '1':
3934
                              perm = 1;
3935
                              break;
3936
                            case '2':
3937
                              perm = 2;
3938
                              break;
3939
                            case '3':
3940
                              perm = 3;
3941
                              break;
3942
                            default:
3943
                              as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3944
                            }
3945
                          opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3946
                        }
3947
                      continue;
3948
                    }
3949
                  else
3950
                    as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3951
                  break;
3952
 
3953
                default:
3954
                  abort ();
3955
                }
3956
              break;
3957
 
3958
            /* Handle all conditions.  */
3959
            case '?':
3960
              {
3961
                args++;
3962
                switch (*args)
3963
                  {
3964
                  /* Handle FP compare conditions.  */
3965
                  case 'f':
3966
                    cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3967
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3968
 
3969
                  /* Handle an add condition.  */
3970
                  case 'A':
3971
                  case 'a':
3972
                    cmpltr = 0;
3973
                    flag = 0;
3974
                    if (*s == ',')
3975
                      {
3976
                        s++;
3977
 
3978
                        /* 64 bit conditions.  */
3979
                        if (*args == 'A')
3980
                          {
3981
                            if (*s == '*')
3982
                              s++;
3983
                            else
3984
                              break;
3985
                          }
3986
                        else if (*s == '*')
3987
                          break;
3988
 
3989
                        name = s;
3990
                        while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
3991
                          s += 1;
3992
                        c = *s;
3993
                        *s = 0x00;
3994
                        if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3995
                          cmpltr = 1;
3996
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3997
                          cmpltr = 2;
3998
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3999
                          cmpltr = 3;
4000
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
4001
                          cmpltr = 4;
4002
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
4003
                          cmpltr = 5;
4004
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4005
                          cmpltr = 6;
4006
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4007
                          cmpltr = 7;
4008
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4009
                          {
4010
                            cmpltr = 0;
4011
                            flag = 1;
4012
                          }
4013
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4014
                          {
4015
                            cmpltr = 1;
4016
                            flag = 1;
4017
                          }
4018
                        else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4019
                          {
4020
                            cmpltr = 2;
4021
                            flag = 1;
4022
                          }
4023
                        else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4024
                          {
4025
                            cmpltr = 3;
4026
                            flag = 1;
4027
                          }
4028
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4029
                          {
4030
                            cmpltr = 4;
4031
                            flag = 1;
4032
                          }
4033
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4034
                          {
4035
                            cmpltr = 5;
4036
                            flag = 1;
4037
                          }
4038
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4039
                          {
4040
                            cmpltr = 6;
4041
                            flag = 1;
4042
                          }
4043
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4044
                          {
4045
                            cmpltr = 7;
4046
                            flag = 1;
4047
                          }
4048
                        /* ",*" is a valid condition.  */
4049
                        else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4050
                          as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4051
                        *s = c;
4052
                      }
4053
                    opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4054
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4055
 
4056
                  /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition.  */
4057
                  case 'd':
4058
                    cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4059
                    if (cmpltr < 0)
4060
                      {
4061
                        as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4062
                        cmpltr = 0;
4063
                      }
4064
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4065
 
4066
                  /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition.  */
4067
                  case 'W':
4068
                    cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4069
                    if (cmpltr < 0)
4070
                      {
4071
                        as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4072
                        cmpltr = 0;
4073
                      }
4074
                    else
4075
                      {
4076
                        /* Negated condition requires an opcode change.  */
4077
                        opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4078
                      }
4079
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4080
 
4081
                  /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4082
                     condition.  */
4083
                  case '@':
4084
                    save_s = s;
4085
                    cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4086
                    if (cmpltr < 0)
4087
                      {
4088
                        s = save_s;
4089
                        cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4090
                        if (cmpltr < 0)
4091
                          {
4092
                            as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4093
                            cmpltr = 0;
4094
                          }
4095
                        else
4096
                          {
4097
                            /* Negated condition requires an opcode change.  */
4098
                            opcode |= 1 << 27;
4099
                          }
4100
                      }
4101
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4102
 
4103
                  /* Handle branch on bit conditions.  */
4104
                  case 'B':
4105
                  case 'b':
4106
                    cmpltr = 0;
4107
                    if (*s == ',')
4108
                      {
4109
                        s++;
4110
 
4111
                        if (*args == 'B')
4112
                          {
4113
                            if (*s == '*')
4114
                              s++;
4115
                            else
4116
                              break;
4117
                          }
4118
                        else if (*s == '*')
4119
                          break;
4120
 
4121
                        if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4122
                          {
4123
                            cmpltr = 0;
4124
                            s++;
4125
                          }
4126
                        else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4127
                          {
4128
                            cmpltr = 1;
4129
                            s += 2;
4130
                          }
4131
                        else
4132
                          as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
4133
                      }
4134
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4135
 
4136
                  /* Handle a compare/subtract condition.  */
4137
                  case 'S':
4138
                  case 's':
4139
                    cmpltr = 0;
4140
                    flag = 0;
4141
                    if (*s == ',')
4142
                      {
4143
                        s++;
4144
 
4145
                        /* 64 bit conditions.  */
4146
                        if (*args == 'S')
4147
                          {
4148
                            if (*s == '*')
4149
                              s++;
4150
                            else
4151
                              break;
4152
                          }
4153
                        else if (*s == '*')
4154
                          break;
4155
 
4156
                        name = s;
4157
                        while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4158
                          s += 1;
4159
                        c = *s;
4160
                        *s = 0x00;
4161
                        if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4162
                          cmpltr = 1;
4163
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4164
                          cmpltr = 2;
4165
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4166
                          cmpltr = 3;
4167
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4168
                          cmpltr = 4;
4169
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4170
                          cmpltr = 5;
4171
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4172
                          cmpltr = 6;
4173
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4174
                          cmpltr = 7;
4175
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4176
                          {
4177
                            cmpltr = 0;
4178
                            flag = 1;
4179
                          }
4180
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4181
                          {
4182
                            cmpltr = 1;
4183
                            flag = 1;
4184
                          }
4185
                        else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4186
                          {
4187
                            cmpltr = 2;
4188
                            flag = 1;
4189
                          }
4190
                        else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4191
                          {
4192
                            cmpltr = 3;
4193
                            flag = 1;
4194
                          }
4195
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4196
                          {
4197
                            cmpltr = 4;
4198
                            flag = 1;
4199
                          }
4200
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4201
                          {
4202
                            cmpltr = 5;
4203
                            flag = 1;
4204
                          }
4205
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4206
                          {
4207
                            cmpltr = 6;
4208
                            flag = 1;
4209
                          }
4210
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4211
                          {
4212
                            cmpltr = 7;
4213
                            flag = 1;
4214
                          }
4215
                        /* ",*" is a valid condition.  */
4216
                        else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4217
                          as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4218
                                  name);
4219
                        *s = c;
4220
                      }
4221
                    opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4222
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4223
 
4224
                  /* Handle a non-negated compare condition.  */
4225
                  case 't':
4226
                    cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4227
                    if (cmpltr < 0)
4228
                      {
4229
                        as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4230
                        cmpltr = 0;
4231
                      }
4232
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4233
 
4234
                  /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition.  */
4235
                  case 'n':
4236
                    save_s = s;
4237
                    cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4238
                    if (cmpltr < 0)
4239
                      {
4240
                        s = save_s;
4241
                        cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4242
                        if (cmpltr < 0)
4243
                          {
4244
                            as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4245
                            cmpltr = 0;
4246
                          }
4247
                        else
4248
                          {
4249
                            /* Negated condition requires an opcode change.  */
4250
                            opcode |= 1 << 27;
4251
                          }
4252
                      }
4253
 
4254
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4255
 
4256
                  /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition.  */
4257
                  case 'N':
4258
                    cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4259
                    if (cmpltr >= 0)
4260
                      {
4261
                        /* Negated condition requires an opcode change.  */
4262
                        opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4263
                      }
4264
                    else
4265
                      /* Not a 64 bit cond.  Give 32 bit a chance.  */
4266
                      break;
4267
 
4268
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4269
 
4270
                  /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition.  */
4271
                  case 'Q':
4272
                    cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4273
                    if (cmpltr < 0)
4274
                      /* Not a 64 bit cond.  Give 32 bit a chance.  */
4275
                      break;
4276
 
4277
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4278
 
4279
                    /* Handle a logical instruction condition.  */
4280
                  case 'L':
4281
                  case 'l':
4282
                    cmpltr = 0;
4283
                    flag = 0;
4284
                    if (*s == ',')
4285
                      {
4286
                        s++;
4287
 
4288
                        /* 64 bit conditions.  */
4289
                        if (*args == 'L')
4290
                          {
4291
                            if (*s == '*')
4292
                              s++;
4293
                            else
4294
                              break;
4295
                          }
4296
                        else if (*s == '*')
4297
                          break;
4298
 
4299
                        name = s;
4300
                        while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4301
                          s += 1;
4302
                        c = *s;
4303
                        *s = 0x00;
4304
 
4305
                        if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4306
                          cmpltr = 1;
4307
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4308
                          cmpltr = 2;
4309
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4310
                          cmpltr = 3;
4311
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4312
                          cmpltr = 7;
4313
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4314
                          {
4315
                            cmpltr = 0;
4316
                            flag = 1;
4317
                          }
4318
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4319
                          {
4320
                            cmpltr = 1;
4321
                            flag = 1;
4322
                          }
4323
                        else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4324
                          {
4325
                            cmpltr = 2;
4326
                            flag = 1;
4327
                          }
4328
                        else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4329
                          {
4330
                            cmpltr = 3;
4331
                            flag = 1;
4332
                          }
4333
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4334
                          {
4335
                            cmpltr = 7;
4336
                            flag = 1;
4337
                          }
4338
                        /* ",*" is a valid condition.  */
4339
                        else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4340
                          as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4341
                        *s = c;
4342
                      }
4343
                    opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4344
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4345
 
4346
                  /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition.  */
4347
                  case 'X':
4348
                  case 'x':
4349
                  case 'y':
4350
                    cmpltr = 0;
4351
                    /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4352
                     * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour.  */
4353
                    immediate_check = 1;
4354
                    if (*s == ',')
4355
                      {
4356
                        save_s = s++;
4357
 
4358
                        /* 64 bit conditions.  */
4359
                        if (*args == 'X')
4360
                          {
4361
                            if (*s == '*')
4362
                              s++;
4363
                            else
4364
                              break;
4365
                          }
4366
                        else if (*s == '*')
4367
                          break;
4368
 
4369
                        name = s;
4370
                        while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4371
                          s += 1;
4372
                        c = *s;
4373
                        *s = 0x00;
4374
                        if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4375
                          cmpltr = 1;
4376
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4377
                          cmpltr = 2;
4378
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4379
                          cmpltr = 3;
4380
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4381
                          cmpltr = 4;
4382
                        else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4383
                          cmpltr = 5;
4384
                        else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4385
                          cmpltr = 6;
4386
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4387
                          cmpltr = 7;
4388
                        /* Handle movb,n.  Put things back the way they were.
4389
                           This includes moving s back to where it started.  */
4390
                        else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4391
                          {
4392
                            *s = c;
4393
                            s = save_s;
4394
                            continue;
4395
                          }
4396
                        /* ",*" is a valid condition.  */
4397
                        else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4398
                          as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4399
                        *s = c;
4400
                      }
4401
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4402
 
4403
                  /* Handle a unit instruction condition.  */
4404
                  case 'U':
4405
                  case 'u':
4406
                    cmpltr = 0;
4407
                    flag = 0;
4408
                    if (*s == ',')
4409
                      {
4410
                        s++;
4411
 
4412
                        /* 64 bit conditions.  */
4413
                        if (*args == 'U')
4414
                          {
4415
                            if (*s == '*')
4416
                              s++;
4417
                            else
4418
                              break;
4419
                          }
4420
                        else if (*s == '*')
4421
                          break;
4422
 
4423
                        if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4424
                          {
4425
                            cmpltr = 2;
4426
                            s += 3;
4427
                          }
4428
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4429
                          {
4430
                            cmpltr = 3;
4431
                            s += 3;
4432
                          }
4433
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4434
                          {
4435
                            cmpltr = 4;
4436
                            s += 3;
4437
                          }
4438
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4439
                          {
4440
                            cmpltr = 6;
4441
                            s += 3;
4442
                          }
4443
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4444
                          {
4445
                            cmpltr = 7;
4446
                            s += 3;
4447
                          }
4448
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4449
                          {
4450
                            cmpltr = 0;
4451
                            flag = 1;
4452
                            s += 2;
4453
                          }
4454
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4455
                          {
4456
                            cmpltr = 2;
4457
                            flag = 1;
4458
                            s += 3;
4459
                          }
4460
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4461
                          {
4462
                            cmpltr = 3;
4463
                            flag = 1;
4464
                            s += 3;
4465
                          }
4466
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4467
                          {
4468
                            cmpltr = 4;
4469
                            flag = 1;
4470
                            s += 3;
4471
                          }
4472
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4473
                          {
4474
                            cmpltr = 6;
4475
                            flag = 1;
4476
                            s += 3;
4477
                          }
4478
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4479
                          {
4480
                            cmpltr = 7;
4481
                            flag = 1;
4482
                            s += 3;
4483
                          }
4484
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4485
                          {
4486
                            cmpltr = 1;
4487
                            flag = 0;
4488
                            s += 3;
4489
                          }
4490
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4491
                          {
4492
                            cmpltr = 5;
4493
                            flag = 0;
4494
                            s += 3;
4495
                          }
4496
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4497
                          {
4498
                            cmpltr = 1;
4499
                            flag = 1;
4500
                            s += 3;
4501
                          }
4502
                        else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4503
                          {
4504
                            cmpltr = 5;
4505
                            flag = 1;
4506
                            s += 3;
4507
                          }
4508
                        /* ",*" is a valid condition.  */
4509
                        else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4510
                          as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4511
                      }
4512
                    opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4513
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4514
 
4515
                  default:
4516
                    abort ();
4517
                  }
4518
                break;
4519
              }
4520
 
4521
            /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions.  */
4522
            case 'n':
4523
              nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4524
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4525
 
4526
            /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns.  */
4527
            case 'N':
4528
              nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4529
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4530
 
4531
            /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches.  */
4532
            case 'L':
4533
              if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4534
                s += 4;
4535
              else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4536
                s += 4;
4537
              else
4538
                break;
4539
              continue;
4540
 
4541
            /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array.   Valid values
4542
               are 0..6 inclusive.  */
4543
            case 'h':
4544
              get_expression (s);
4545
              s = expr_end;
4546
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4547
                {
4548
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4549
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4550
                  num++;
4551
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4552
                }
4553
              else
4554
                break;
4555
 
4556
            /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array.   Valid values
4557
               are 0..6 inclusive.  */
4558
            case 'm':
4559
              get_expression (s);
4560
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4561
                {
4562
                  s = expr_end;
4563
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4564
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4565
                  num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4566
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4567
                }
4568
              else
4569
                break;
4570
 
4571
            /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4572
            case '=':
4573
              {
4574
                num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4575
                INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4576
              }
4577
 
4578
            /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31.  */
4579
            case 'i':
4580
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4581
              get_expression (s);
4582
              s = expr_end;
4583
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4584
                {
4585
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4586
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4587
                  num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4588
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4589
                }
4590
              else
4591
                {
4592
                  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4593
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4594
                  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4595
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4596
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4597
                  else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4598
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4599
                  else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4600
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4601
                  else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4602
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4603
                  else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4604
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4605
                  else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4606
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4607
#endif
4608
                  else
4609
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4610
                  the_insn.format = 11;
4611
                  continue;
4612
                }
4613
 
4614
            /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31.  */
4615
            case 'J':
4616
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4617
              get_expression (s);
4618
              s = expr_end;
4619
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4620
                {
4621
                  int mb;
4622
 
4623
                  /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4624
                     for us to extract.  We need a cleaner way to do this.
4625
                     Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4626
                     good to rethink this.  */
4627
                  mb = opcode & 1;
4628
                  opcode -= mb;
4629
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4630
                  if (mb != (num < 0))
4631
                    break;
4632
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4633
                  num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4634
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4635
                }
4636
              break;
4637
 
4638
            /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31.  */
4639
            case 'K':
4640
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4641
              get_expression (s);
4642
              s = expr_end;
4643
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4644
                {
4645
                  int mb;
4646
 
4647
                  mb = opcode & 1;
4648
                  opcode -= mb;
4649
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4650
                  if (mb == (num < 0))
4651
                    break;
4652
                  if (num % 4)
4653
                    break;
4654
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4655
                  num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4656
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4657
                }
4658
              break;
4659
 
4660
            /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31.  */
4661
            case '<':
4662
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4663
              get_expression (s);
4664
              s = expr_end;
4665
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4666
                {
4667
                  int mb;
4668
 
4669
                  mb = opcode & 1;
4670
                  opcode -= mb;
4671
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4672
                  if (mb != (num < 0))
4673
                    break;
4674
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4675
                  num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4676
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4677
                }
4678
              break;
4679
 
4680
            /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31.  */
4681
            case '>':
4682
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4683
              get_expression (s);
4684
              s = expr_end;
4685
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4686
                {
4687
                  int mb;
4688
 
4689
                  mb = opcode & 1;
4690
                  opcode -= mb;
4691
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4692
                  if (mb == (num < 0))
4693
                    break;
4694
                  if (num % 4)
4695
                    break;
4696
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4697
                  num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4698
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4699
                }
4700
              break;
4701
 
4702
            /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times.  */
4703
            case '#':
4704
              if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4705
                break;
4706
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4707
              get_expression (s);
4708
              s = expr_end;
4709
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4710
                {
4711
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4712
                  if (num & 0x7)
4713
                    break;
4714
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4715
                  if (num < 0)
4716
                    opcode |= 1;
4717
                  num &= 0x1fff;
4718
                  num >>= 3;
4719
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4720
                }
4721
              else
4722
                {
4723
                  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4724
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4725
                  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4726
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4727
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4728
                  else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4729
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4730
                  else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4731
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4732
                  else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4733
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4734
                  else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4735
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4736
                  else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4737
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4738
#endif
4739
                  else
4740
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4741
                  the_insn.format = 14;
4742
                  continue;
4743
                }
4744
              break;
4745
 
4746
            /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice.  */
4747
            case 'd':
4748
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4749
              get_expression (s);
4750
              s = expr_end;
4751
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4752
                {
4753
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4754
                  if (num & 0x3)
4755
                    break;
4756
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4757
                  if (num < 0)
4758
                    opcode |= 1;
4759
                  num &= 0x1fff;
4760
                  num >>= 2;
4761
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4762
                }
4763
              else
4764
                {
4765
                  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4766
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4767
                  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4768
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4769
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4770
                  else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4771
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4772
                  else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4773
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4774
                  else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4775
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4776
                  else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4777
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4778
                  else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4779
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4780
#endif
4781
                  else
4782
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4783
                  the_insn.format = 14;
4784
                  continue;
4785
                }
4786
 
4787
            /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31.  */
4788
            case 'j':
4789
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4790
              get_expression (s);
4791
              s = expr_end;
4792
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4793
                {
4794
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4795
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4796
                  num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4797
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4798
                }
4799
              else
4800
                {
4801
                  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4802
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4803
                  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4804
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4805
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4806
                  else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4807
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4808
                  else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4809
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4810
                  else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4811
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4812
                  else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4813
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4814
                  else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4815
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4816
#endif
4817
                  else
4818
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4819
                  the_insn.format = 14;
4820
                  continue;
4821
                }
4822
 
4823
            /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31.  */
4824
            case 'k':
4825
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4826
              get_expression (s);
4827
              s = expr_end;
4828
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4829
                {
4830
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4831
                  CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4832
                  opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4833
                  continue;
4834
                }
4835
              else
4836
                {
4837
                  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4838
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4839
                  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4840
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4841
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4842
                  else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4843
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4844
                  else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4845
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4846
                  else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4847
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4848
                  else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4849
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4850
                  else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4851
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4852
#endif
4853
                  else
4854
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4855
                  the_insn.format = 21;
4856
                  continue;
4857
                }
4858
 
4859
            /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only).  */
4860
            case 'l':
4861
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4862
              get_expression (s);
4863
              s = expr_end;
4864
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4865
                {
4866
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4867
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4868
                  opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4869
                  continue;
4870
                }
4871
              else
4872
                {
4873
                  /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode?  */
4874
                  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4875
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4876
                  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4877
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4878
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4879
                  else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4880
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4881
                  else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4882
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4883
                  else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4884
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4885
                  else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4886
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4887
                  else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4888
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4889
#endif
4890
                  else
4891
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4892
                  the_insn.format = 14;
4893
                  continue;
4894
                }
4895
 
4896
            /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide).  */
4897
            case 'y':
4898
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4899
              get_expression (s);
4900
              s = expr_end;
4901
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4902
                {
4903
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4904
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4905
                  CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4906
                  opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4907
                  continue;
4908
                }
4909
              else
4910
                {
4911
                  /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode?  */
4912
                  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4913
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4914
                  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4915
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4916
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4917
                  else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4918
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4919
                  else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4920
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4921
                  else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4922
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4923
                  else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4924
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4925
                  else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4926
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4927
#endif
4928
                  else
4929
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4930
                  the_insn.format = 14;
4931
                  continue;
4932
                }
4933
 
4934
            /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide).  */
4935
            case '&':
4936
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4937
              get_expression (s);
4938
              s = expr_end;
4939
              if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4940
                {
4941
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4942
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4943
                  CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4944
                  opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4945
                  continue;
4946
                }
4947
              else
4948
                {
4949
                  /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode?  */
4950
                  if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4951
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4952
                  else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4953
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4954
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
4955
                  else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4956
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4957
                  else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4958
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4959
                  else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4960
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4961
                  else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4962
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4963
                  else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4964
                    the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4965
#endif
4966
                  else
4967
                    the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4968
                  the_insn.format = 14;
4969
                  continue;
4970
                }
4971
 
4972
            /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement.  */
4973
            case 'w':
4974
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4975
              get_expression (s);
4976
              s = expr_end;
4977
              the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4978
              if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
4979
                  || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
4980
                              FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
4981
                {
4982
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4983
                  if (num % 4)
4984
                    {
4985
                      as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
4986
                      break;
4987
                    }
4988
                  if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
4989
                    num -= 8;
4990
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4991
                  opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
4992
                  continue;
4993
                }
4994
              else
4995
                {
4996
                  the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4997
                  the_insn.format = 12;
4998
                  the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
4999
                  memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5000
                  s = expr_end;
5001
                  continue;
5002
                }
5003
 
5004
            /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement.  */
5005
            case 'W':
5006
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5007
              get_expression (s);
5008
              s = expr_end;
5009
              the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5010
              if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5011
                  || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5012
                              FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5013
                {
5014
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5015
                  if (num % 4)
5016
                    {
5017
                      as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5018
                      break;
5019
                    }
5020
                  if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5021
                    num -= 8;
5022
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5023
                  opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5024
                  continue;
5025
                }
5026
              else
5027
                {
5028
                  the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5029
                  the_insn.format = 17;
5030
                  the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5031
                  memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5032
                  continue;
5033
                }
5034
 
5035
            /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement.  */
5036
            case 'X':
5037
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5038
              get_expression (s);
5039
              s = expr_end;
5040
              the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5041
              if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5042
                  || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5043
                              FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5044
                {
5045
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5046
                  if (num % 4)
5047
                    {
5048
                      as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5049
                      break;
5050
                    }
5051
                  if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5052
                    num -= 8;
5053
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5054
                  opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5055
                }
5056
              else
5057
                {
5058
                  the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5059
                  the_insn.format = 22;
5060
                  the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5061
                  memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5062
                  continue;
5063
                }
5064
 
5065
            /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target.  */
5066
            case 'z':
5067
              the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5068
              get_expression (s);
5069
              s = expr_end;
5070
              the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5071
              if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5072
                  || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5073
                              FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5074
                {
5075
                  num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5076
                  if (num % 4)
5077
                    {
5078
                      as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5079
                      break;
5080
                    }
5081
                  if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5082
                    num -= 8;
5083
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5084
                  opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5085
                  continue;
5086
                }
5087
              else
5088
                {
5089
                  the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5090
                  the_insn.format = 17;
5091
                  the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5092
                  memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5093
                  continue;
5094
                }
5095
 
5096
            /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction.  */
5097
            case 'Z':
5098
              if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5099
                  && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5100
                {
5101
                  s += 4;
5102
                  continue;
5103
                }
5104
              else
5105
                break;
5106
 
5107
            /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction.  */
5108
            case 'Y':
5109
              if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5110
                break;
5111
              s += 9;
5112
              continue;
5113
 
5114
            /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions.  */
5115
            case '@':
5116
              if (*s != '0')
5117
                break;
5118
              s++;
5119
              continue;
5120
 
5121
            /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25.  */
5122
            case '.':
5123
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5124
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5125
                break;
5126
              s = expr_end;
5127
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5128
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5129
 
5130
            /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25.  */
5131
            case '*':
5132
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5133
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5134
                break;
5135
              s = expr_end;
5136
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5137
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5138
 
5139
            /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26.  */
5140
            case 'p':
5141
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5142
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5143
                break;
5144
              s = expr_end;
5145
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5146
              SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5147
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5148
 
5149
            /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26.  */
5150
            case '~':
5151
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5152
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5153
                break;
5154
              s = expr_end;
5155
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5156
              SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5157
              num = 63 - num;
5158
              opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5159
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5160
 
5161
            /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31.  */
5162
            case '%':
5163
              flag = 0;
5164
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5165
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5166
                break;
5167
              s = expr_end;
5168
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5169
              SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5170
              num--;
5171
              opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5172
              num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5173
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5174
 
5175
            /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31.  */
5176
            case '|':
5177
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5178
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5179
                break;
5180
              s = expr_end;
5181
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5182
              SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5183
              num--;
5184
              opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5185
              num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5186
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5187
 
5188
            /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26.  */
5189
            case 'P':
5190
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5191
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5192
                break;
5193
              s = expr_end;
5194
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5195
              SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5196
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5197
 
5198
            /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26.  */
5199
            case 'q':
5200
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5201
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5202
                break;
5203
              s = expr_end;
5204
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5205
              SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5206
              opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5207
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5208
 
5209
            /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5210
               of the high bit of the immediate.  */
5211
            case 'B':
5212
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5213
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5214
                break;
5215
              s = expr_end;
5216
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5217
              if (num & 0x20)
5218
                ;
5219
              else
5220
                opcode |= (1 << 13);
5221
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5222
 
5223
            /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10.  */
5224
            case 'Q':
5225
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5226
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5227
                break;
5228
              s = expr_end;
5229
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5230
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5231
 
5232
            /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28.  */
5233
            case '$':
5234
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5235
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5236
                break;
5237
              s = expr_end;
5238
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5239
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5240
 
5241
            /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18.  */
5242
            case 'A':
5243
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5244
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5245
                break;
5246
              s = expr_end;
5247
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5248
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5249
 
5250
            /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31.  */
5251
            case 'D':
5252
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5253
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5254
                break;
5255
              s = expr_end;
5256
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5257
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5258
 
5259
            /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25.  */
5260
            case 'v':
5261
              if (*s++ != ',')
5262
                as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5263
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5264
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5265
                break;
5266
              s = expr_end;
5267
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5268
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5269
 
5270
            /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0.  */
5271
            case 'O':
5272
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5273
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5274
                break;
5275
              s = expr_end;
5276
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5277
              num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5278
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5279
 
5280
            /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1.  */
5281
            case 'o':
5282
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5283
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5284
                break;
5285
              s = expr_end;
5286
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5287
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5288
 
5289
            /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3.  */
5290
            case '0':
5291
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5292
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5293
                break;
5294
              s = expr_end;
5295
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5296
              num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5297
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5298
 
5299
            /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2.  */
5300
            case '1':
5301
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5302
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5303
                break;
5304
              s = expr_end;
5305
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5306
              num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5307
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5308
 
5309
            /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field.  */
5310
            case 'u':
5311
              if (*s++ != ',')
5312
                as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5313
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5314
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5315
                break;
5316
              s = expr_end;
5317
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5318
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5319
 
5320
            /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr.  */
5321
            case '2':
5322
              num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5323
              if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5324
                break;
5325
              s = expr_end;
5326
              CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5327
              num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5328
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5329
 
5330
            /* Handle a source FP operand format completer.  */
5331
            case '{':
5332
              if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5333
                {
5334
                  the_insn.trunc = 1;
5335
                  s += 2;
5336
                }
5337
              else
5338
                the_insn.trunc = 0;
5339
              flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5340
              the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5341
              if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5342
                flag = SGL;
5343
              if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5344
                flag = DBL;
5345
              if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5346
                flag = QUAD;
5347
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5348
 
5349
            /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer.  */
5350
            case '_':
5351
              /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix.  */
5352
              s--;
5353
              flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5354
              the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5355
              if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5356
                flag = SGL;
5357
              if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5358
                flag = DBL;
5359
              if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5360
                flag = QUAD;
5361
              opcode |= flag << 13;
5362
              if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5363
                  || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5364
                  || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5365
                {
5366
                  if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5367
                      || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5368
                      || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5369
                    flag = 0;
5370
                  else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5371
                      || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5372
                      || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5373
                    flag = 2;
5374
                  else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5375
                      || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5376
                      || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5377
                    flag = 6;
5378
                  else
5379
                    abort ();
5380
                }
5381
              else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5382
                       || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5383
                       || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5384
                {
5385
                  if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5386
                      || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5387
                      || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5388
                    flag = 1;
5389
                  else
5390
                    abort ();
5391
                }
5392
              else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5393
                       || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5394
                       || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5395
                {
5396
                  if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5397
                      || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5398
                      || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5399
                    flag = 5;
5400
                  else
5401
                    abort ();
5402
                }
5403
              flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5404
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5405
 
5406
            /* Handle a source FP operand format completer.  */
5407
            case 'F':
5408
              flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5409
              the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5410
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5411
 
5412
            /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer.  */
5413
            case 'G':
5414
              /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix.  */
5415
              s--;
5416
              flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5417
              the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5418
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5419
 
5420
            /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20.  */
5421
            case 'I':
5422
              flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5423
              the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5424
              INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5425
 
5426
            /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5427
               Only allows single and double precision.  */
5428
            case 'H':
5429
              flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5430
              switch (flag)
5431
                {
5432
                case SGL:
5433
                  opcode |= 0x20;
5434
                case DBL:
5435
                  the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5436
                  continue;
5437
 
5438
                case QUAD:
5439
                case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5440
                default:
5441
                  as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5442
                }
5443
              break;
5444
 
5445
            /* Handle all floating point registers.  */
5446
            case 'f':
5447
              switch (*++args)
5448
                {
5449
                /* Float target register.  */
5450
                case 't':
5451
                  if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5452
                    break;
5453
                  num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5454
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5455
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5456
 
5457
                /* Float target register with L/R selection.  */
5458
                case 'T':
5459
                  {
5460
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5461
                      break;
5462
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5463
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5464
                    opcode |= num;
5465
 
5466
                    /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5467
                       and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes.  This
5468
                       is not necessary for loads/stores.  */
5469
                    if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5470
                        && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5471
                      opcode |= 1 << 27;
5472
 
5473
                    opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5474
                    continue;
5475
                  }
5476
 
5477
                /* Float operand 1.  */
5478
                case 'a':
5479
                  {
5480
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5481
                      break;
5482
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5483
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5484
                    opcode |= num << 21;
5485
                    if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5486
                      {
5487
                        opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5488
                        opcode |= 1 << 27;
5489
                      }
5490
                    continue;
5491
                  }
5492
 
5493
                /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection.  */
5494
                case 'X':
5495
                case 'A':
5496
                  {
5497
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5498
                      break;
5499
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5500
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5501
                    opcode |= num << 21;
5502
                    opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5503
                    continue;
5504
                  }
5505
 
5506
                /* Float operand 2.  */
5507
                case 'b':
5508
                  {
5509
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5510
                      break;
5511
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5512
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5513
                    opcode |= num << 16;
5514
                    if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5515
                      {
5516
                        opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5517
                        opcode |= 1 << 27;
5518
                      }
5519
                    continue;
5520
                  }
5521
 
5522
                /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection.  */
5523
                case 'B':
5524
                  {
5525
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5526
                      break;
5527
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5528
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5529
                    opcode |= num << 16;
5530
                    opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5531
                    continue;
5532
                  }
5533
 
5534
                /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd.  */
5535
                case 'C':
5536
                  {
5537
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5538
                      break;
5539
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5540
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5541
                    opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5542
                    opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5543
                    opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5544
                    continue;
5545
                  }
5546
 
5547
                /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5548
                case 'i':
5549
                  {
5550
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5551
                      break;
5552
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5553
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5554
                    if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5555
                      {
5556
                        if (num < 16)
5557
                          {
5558
                            as_bad  (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5559
                            break;
5560
                          }
5561
                        num &= 0xF;
5562
                        num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5563
                      }
5564
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5565
                  }
5566
 
5567
                /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5568
                case 'j':
5569
                  {
5570
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5571
                      break;
5572
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5573
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5574
                    if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5575
                      {
5576
                        if (num < 16)
5577
                          {
5578
                            as_bad  (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5579
                            break;
5580
                          }
5581
                        num &= 0xF;
5582
                        num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5583
                      }
5584
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5585
                  }
5586
 
5587
                /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5588
                case 'k':
5589
                  {
5590
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5591
                      break;
5592
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5593
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5594
                    if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5595
                      {
5596
                        if (num < 16)
5597
                          {
5598
                            as_bad  (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5599
                            break;
5600
                          }
5601
                        num &= 0xF;
5602
                        num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5603
                      }
5604
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5605
                  }
5606
 
5607
                /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5608
                case 'l':
5609
                  {
5610
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5611
                      break;
5612
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5613
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5614
                    if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5615
                      {
5616
                        if (num < 16)
5617
                          {
5618
                            as_bad  (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5619
                            break;
5620
                          }
5621
                        num &= 0xF;
5622
                        num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5623
                      }
5624
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5625
                  }
5626
 
5627
                /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5628
                case 'm':
5629
                  {
5630
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5631
                      break;
5632
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5633
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5634
                    if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5635
                      {
5636
                        if (num < 16)
5637
                          {
5638
                            as_bad  (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5639
                            break;
5640
                          }
5641
                        num &= 0xF;
5642
                        num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5643
                      }
5644
                    INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5645
                  }
5646
 
5647
                /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'.  */
5648
                case 'E':
5649
                case 'e':
5650
                  {
5651
                    if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5652
                      break;
5653
                    num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5654
                    CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5655
                    opcode |= num << 16;
5656
                    if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5657
                      {
5658
                        opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5659
                      }
5660
                    continue;
5661
                  }
5662
 
5663
                /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide).  */
5664
                case 'x':
5665
                  if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5666
                    break;
5667
                  num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5668
                  CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5669
                  INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5670
 
5671
                default:
5672
                  abort ();
5673
                }
5674
              break;
5675
 
5676
            default:
5677
              abort ();
5678
            }
5679
          break;
5680
        }
5681
 
5682
      /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5683
         then set a new architecture.  This automatic promotion crud is
5684
         for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only.  */
5685
      if (match == TRUE
5686
          && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5687
          && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5688
        {
5689
          as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5690
          match = FALSE;
5691
        }
5692
 
5693
 failed:
5694
      /* Check if the args matched.  */
5695
      if (!match)
5696
        {
5697
          if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5698
              && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5699
            {
5700
              ++insn;
5701
              s = argstart;
5702
              continue;
5703
            }
5704
          else
5705
            {
5706
              as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5707
              return;
5708
            }
5709
        }
5710
      break;
5711
    }
5712
 
5713
  if (immediate_check)
5714
    {
5715
      if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5716
        as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5717
                        pos, len);
5718
    }
5719
 
5720
  the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5721
}
5722
 
5723
/* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag.  */
5724
 
5725
void
5726
md_assemble (char *str)
5727
{
5728
  char *to;
5729
 
5730
  /* The had better be something to assemble.  */
5731
  gas_assert (str);
5732
 
5733
  /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5734
     defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5735
     label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5736
 
5737
     Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5738
     for the label symbol in this case.  We have already switched
5739
     into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point.  */
5740
  if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5741
    {
5742
      label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5743
 
5744
      if (label_symbol)
5745
        {
5746
          if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5747
            {
5748
              last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5749
              symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5750
                |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5751
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5752
              /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5753
                 information when the label appears after the proc/procend.  */
5754
              if (within_entry_exit)
5755
                {
5756
                  char *where;
5757
                  unsigned int u;
5758
 
5759
                  where = frag_more (0);
5760
                  u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5761
                  fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5762
                                NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5763
                                0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5764
                }
5765
#endif
5766
            }
5767
          else
5768
            as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5769
        }
5770
      else
5771
        as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5772
    }
5773
 
5774
  /* Assemble the instruction.  Results are saved into "the_insn".  */
5775
  pa_ip (str);
5776
 
5777
  /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction.  */
5778
  to = frag_more (4);
5779
 
5780
  /* Output the opcode.  */
5781
  md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5782
 
5783
  /* If necessary output more stuff.  */
5784
  if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5785
    fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5786
                  (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5787
                  the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5788
                  the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5789
 
5790
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
5791
  dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5792
#endif
5793
}
5794
 
5795
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5796
/* Handle an alignment directive.  Special so that we can update the
5797
   alignment of the subspace if necessary.  */
5798
static void
5799
pa_align (int bytes)
5800
{
5801
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
5802
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5803
 
5804
  /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work.  */
5805
  s_align_bytes (bytes);
5806
 
5807
  /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5808
     alignment if necessary.  */
5809
  if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5810
    record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5811
}
5812
#endif
5813
 
5814
/* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op.  */
5815
 
5816
static void
5817
pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5818
{
5819
  unsigned int temp_size;
5820
 
5821
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5822
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
5823
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5824
#endif
5825
 
5826
  temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5827
 
5828
  if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5829
    {
5830
      as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5831
      temp_size = 0;
5832
    }
5833
  else
5834
    {
5835
      /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does.  */
5836
      char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5837
      *p = 0;
5838
    }
5839
 
5840
  pa_undefine_label ();
5841
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5842
}
5843
 
5844
/* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op.  */
5845
 
5846
static void
5847
pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5848
{
5849
 
5850
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5851
  /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5852
     the beginning and end of branch tables).  */
5853
  char *where = frag_more (0);
5854
 
5855
  fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5856
                NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5857
                0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5858
                e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5859
#endif
5860
 
5861
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5862
}
5863
 
5864
/* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op.  */
5865
 
5866
static void
5867
pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5868
{
5869
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5870
  expressionS exp;
5871
  char *where = frag_more (0);
5872
 
5873
  if (! begin)
5874
    expression (&exp);
5875
 
5876
  /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5877
     the beginning and end of exception handling regions).  */
5878
 
5879
  fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5880
                NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5881
                0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5882
                e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5883
#endif
5884
 
5885
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5886
}
5887
 
5888
/* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5889
   where the caller placed arguments to a function call.  */
5890
 
5891
static void
5892
pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5893
{
5894
  char *name, c, *p;
5895
  unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5896
 
5897
  while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5898
    {
5899
      name = input_line_pointer;
5900
      c = get_symbol_end ();
5901
      /* Process a source argument.  */
5902
      if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5903
        {
5904
          temp = atoi (name + 4);
5905
          p = input_line_pointer;
5906
          *p = c;
5907
          input_line_pointer++;
5908
          name = input_line_pointer;
5909
          c = get_symbol_end ();
5910
          arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5911
          call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5912
        }
5913
      /* Process a return value.  */
5914
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5915
        {
5916
          p = input_line_pointer;
5917
          *p = c;
5918
          input_line_pointer++;
5919
          name = input_line_pointer;
5920
          c = get_symbol_end ();
5921
          arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5922
          call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5923
        }
5924
      else
5925
        {
5926
          as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5927
        }
5928
      p = input_line_pointer;
5929
      *p = c;
5930
      if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5931
        input_line_pointer++;
5932
    }
5933
}
5934
 
5935
/* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op.  This involves storing away information
5936
   about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5937
   (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee.  */
5938
 
5939
static void
5940
pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5941
{
5942
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
5943
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
5944
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5945
#endif
5946
 
5947
  pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5948
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5949
}
5950
 
5951
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
5952
/* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5953
   attributes in CALL_INFO.  This is not needed for SOM as using
5954
   R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5955
   of the unwind spaces.  */
5956
 
5957
static void
5958
pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5959
{
5960
  asection *seg, *save_seg;
5961
  subsegT save_subseg;
5962
  unsigned int unwind;
5963
  int reloc;
5964
  char *p;
5965
 
5966
  if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
5967
       & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5968
      != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5969
    return;
5970
 
5971
  reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
5972
  save_seg = now_seg;
5973
  save_subseg = now_subseg;
5974
  /* Get into the right seg/subseg.  This may involve creating
5975
     the seg the first time through.  Make sure to have the
5976
     old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done.  */
5977
  seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
5978
  if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
5979
    {
5980
      seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
5981
      bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
5982
                             SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
5983
                             | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
5984
      bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
5985
    }
5986
 
5987
  subseg_set (seg, 0);
5988
 
5989
  /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
5990
     descriptor.  */
5991
  p = frag_more (16);
5992
 
5993
  /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function.  */
5994
  md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
5995
  fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
5996
                call_info->start_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
5997
                (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
5998
                e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
5999
 
6000
  /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6001
 
6002
     Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6003
     reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6004
     symbol into the symbol table.  It (should) end up giving the same
6005
     value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6006
     finished with its work.  */
6007
  md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6008
  fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6009
                call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6010
                (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6011
                e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6012
 
6013
  /* Dump the descriptor.  */
6014
  unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6015
  md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6016
 
6017
  unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6018
  md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6019
 
6020
  /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment.  */
6021
  subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6022
}
6023
#endif
6024
 
6025
/* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op.  This information is used later
6026
   to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6027
   .ENTER and .LEAVE.  */
6028
 
6029
static void
6030
pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6031
{
6032
  char *name, c, *p;
6033
  int temp;
6034
 
6035
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6036
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6037
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6038
#endif
6039
 
6040
  /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition.  */
6041
  if (!within_procedure)
6042
    as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6043
 
6044
  /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6045
     current procedure.  */
6046
  callinfo_found = TRUE;
6047
 
6048
  /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments.  */
6049
  while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6050
    {
6051
      name = input_line_pointer;
6052
      c = get_symbol_end ();
6053
      /* Frame size specification.  */
6054
      if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6055
        {
6056
          p = input_line_pointer;
6057
          *p = c;
6058
          input_line_pointer++;
6059
          temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6060
          if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6061
            {
6062
              as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6063
              temp = 0;
6064
            }
6065
 
6066
          /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units.  */
6067
          last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6068
 
6069
        }
6070
      /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications.  */
6071
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6072
        {
6073
          p = input_line_pointer;
6074
          *p = c;
6075
          input_line_pointer++;
6076
          temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6077
          /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6078
             even though %r19 is caller saved.  I think this is a bug in
6079
             the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it.  */
6080
          if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6081
            as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6082
          last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6083
        }
6084
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6085
        {
6086
          p = input_line_pointer;
6087
          *p = c;
6088
          input_line_pointer++;
6089
          temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6090
          /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6091
             though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register.  */
6092
          if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6093
            as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6094
          last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6095
        }
6096
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6097
        {
6098
          p = input_line_pointer;
6099
          *p = c;
6100
          input_line_pointer++;
6101
          temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6102
          if (temp != 3)
6103
            as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6104
        }
6105
      /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls.  */
6106
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6107
               (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6108
        {
6109
          p = input_line_pointer;
6110
          *p = c;
6111
        }
6112
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6113
        {
6114
          p = input_line_pointer;
6115
          *p = c;
6116
        }
6117
      /* Should RP be saved into the stack.  */
6118
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6119
        {
6120
          p = input_line_pointer;
6121
          *p = c;
6122
          last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6123
        }
6124
      /* Likewise for SP.  */
6125
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6126
        {
6127
          p = input_line_pointer;
6128
          *p = c;
6129
          last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6130
        }
6131
      /* Is this an unwindable procedure.  If so mark it so
6132
         in the unwind descriptor.  */
6133
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6134
        {
6135
          p = input_line_pointer;
6136
          *p = c;
6137
          last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6138
        }
6139
      /* Is this an interrupt routine.  If so mark it in the
6140
         unwind descriptor.  */
6141
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6142
        {
6143
          p = input_line_pointer;
6144
          *p = c;
6145
          last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6146
        }
6147
      /* Is this a millicode routine.  "millicode" isn't in my
6148
         assembler manual, but my copy is old.  The HP assembler
6149
         accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6150
         to drop the information, so we'll accept it too.  */
6151
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6152
        {
6153
          p = input_line_pointer;
6154
          *p = c;
6155
          last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6156
        }
6157
      else
6158
        {
6159
          as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6160
          *input_line_pointer = c;
6161
        }
6162
      if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6163
        input_line_pointer++;
6164
    }
6165
 
6166
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6167
}
6168
 
6169
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6170
/* Switch to the text space.  Like s_text, but delete our
6171
   label when finished.  */
6172
 
6173
static void
6174
pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6175
{
6176
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6177
  current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6178
  current_subspace
6179
    = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6180
#endif
6181
 
6182
  s_text (0);
6183
  pa_undefine_label ();
6184
}
6185
 
6186
/* Switch to the data space.  As usual delete our label.  */
6187
 
6188
static void
6189
pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6190
{
6191
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6192
  current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6193
  current_subspace
6194
    = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6195
#endif
6196
  s_data (0);
6197
  pa_undefine_label ();
6198
}
6199
 
6200
/* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6201
   the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
6202
 
6203
   <label> .comm <length>
6204
 
6205
   where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6206
   a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6207
   expression.  <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6208
   and subspace.
6209
 
6210
   Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6211
 
6212
   This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6213
   on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm.  colon will set a number
6214
   of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here.  In particular
6215
   the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc.  What
6216
   a pain.
6217
 
6218
   This also makes error detection all but impossible.  */
6219
 
6220
static void
6221
pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6222
{
6223
  unsigned int size;
6224
  symbolS *symbol;
6225
  label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6226
 
6227
  if (label_symbol)
6228
    symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6229
  else
6230
    symbol = NULL;
6231
 
6232
  SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6233
  size = get_absolute_expression ();
6234
 
6235
  if (symbol)
6236
    {
6237
      symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6238
      S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6239
      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6240
      S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6241
 
6242
      /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6243
         current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6244
         fragment.  We also need to reset the segment pointer.  */
6245
      symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6246
    }
6247
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6248
}
6249
#endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6250
 
6251
/* Process a .END pseudo-op.  */
6252
 
6253
static void
6254
pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6255
{
6256
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6257
}
6258
 
6259
/* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op.  This is not supported.  */
6260
 
6261
static void
6262
pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6263
{
6264
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6265
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6266
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6267
#endif
6268
 
6269
  as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6270
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6271
}
6272
 
6273
/* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op.  .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6274
   procedure.  */
6275
 
6276
static void
6277
pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6278
{
6279
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6280
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6281
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6282
#endif
6283
 
6284
  if (!within_procedure)
6285
    as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6286
  else
6287
    {
6288
      if (!callinfo_found)
6289
        as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6290
    }
6291
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6292
  within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6293
 
6294
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6295
  /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6296
     The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6297
     to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6298
     for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6299
 
6300
     FIXME.  ELF should be using the same conventions!  The problem
6301
     is an unwind requires too much relocation space.  Hmmm.  Maybe
6302
     if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6303
     denote the entry and exit points.  */
6304
  if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6305
    {
6306
      char *where;
6307
      unsigned int u;
6308
 
6309
      where = frag_more (0);
6310
      u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6311
      fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6312
                    NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6313
                    0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6314
    }
6315
#endif
6316
}
6317
 
6318
/* Silly nonsense for pa_equ.  The only half-sensible use for this is
6319
   being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6320
   registers, to get the size of the range.  */
6321
static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6322
 
6323
int
6324
hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6325
                              operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6326
                              expressionS *rightP)
6327
{
6328
  if (fudge_reg_expressions
6329
      && rightP->X_op == O_register
6330
      && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6331
    {
6332
      rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6333
      resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6334
    }
6335
  return 0;  /* Continue normal expr handling.  */
6336
}
6337
 
6338
/* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op.  */
6339
 
6340
static void
6341
pa_equ (int reg)
6342
{
6343
  label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6344
  symbolS *symbol;
6345
 
6346
  if (label_symbol)
6347
    {
6348
      symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6349
      if (reg)
6350
        {
6351
          strict = 1;
6352
          if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6353
            as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6354
          S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6355
          S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6356
        }
6357
      else
6358
        {
6359
          expressionS exp;
6360
          segT seg;
6361
 
6362
          fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6363
          seg = expression (&exp);
6364
          fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6365
          if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6366
              && exp.X_op != O_register)
6367
            {
6368
              if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6369
                as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6370
              exp.X_add_number = 0;
6371
              seg = absolute_section;
6372
            }
6373
          S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6374
          S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6375
        }
6376
    }
6377
  else
6378
    {
6379
      if (reg)
6380
        as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6381
      else
6382
        as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6383
    }
6384
 
6385
  pa_undefine_label ();
6386
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6387
}
6388
 
6389
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6390
/* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6391
   the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing.  */
6392
 
6393
static void
6394
hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6395
{
6396
  /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations.  All we do is create a
6397
     temporary symbol marking the end of the function.  */
6398
  char *name;
6399
 
6400
  if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6401
    {
6402
      /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6403
         or other problems.  */
6404
      return;
6405
    }
6406
 
6407
  name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
6408
                  + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
6409
                  + 1);
6410
  if (name)
6411
    {
6412
      symbolS *symbolP;
6413
 
6414
      strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
6415
      strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
6416
 
6417
      /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6418
         symbol will have already been defined.  */
6419
      symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6420
      if (symbolP)
6421
        {
6422
          /* The symbol has already been defined!  This can
6423
             happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6424
 
6425
             This is *not* an error.  All we want to do is free
6426
             the memory we just allocated for the name and continue.  */
6427
          xfree (name);
6428
        }
6429
      else
6430
        {
6431
          /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6432
             last instruction of the function */
6433
          symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6434
                                frag_now);
6435
 
6436
          gas_assert (symbolP);
6437
          S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6438
          symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6439
        }
6440
 
6441
      if (symbolP)
6442
        last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6443
      else
6444
        as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6445
 
6446
    }
6447
  else
6448
    as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
6449
}
6450
#endif
6451
 
6452
/* Helper function.  Does processing for the end of a function.  This
6453
   usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6454
   symbols to mark the end of the function.  */
6455
 
6456
static void
6457
process_exit (void)
6458
{
6459
  char *where;
6460
 
6461
  where = frag_more (0);
6462
 
6463
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6464
  /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6465
     for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6466
     to add an entry in the unwind table.  */
6467
  hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6468
  pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6469
#else
6470
  /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6471
     The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6472
     to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6473
     for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6474
 
6475
     FIXME.  ELF should be using the same conventions!  The problem
6476
     is an unwind requires too much relocation space.  Hmmm.  Maybe
6477
     if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6478
     denote the entry and exit points.  */
6479
  fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6480
                NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6481
                NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6482
                UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6483
#endif
6484
}
6485
 
6486
/* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op.  */
6487
 
6488
static void
6489
pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6490
{
6491
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6492
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6493
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6494
#endif
6495
 
6496
  if (!within_procedure)
6497
    as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6498
  else
6499
    {
6500
      if (!callinfo_found)
6501
        as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6502
      else
6503
        {
6504
          if (!within_entry_exit)
6505
            as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6506
          else
6507
            {
6508
              within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6509
              process_exit ();
6510
            }
6511
        }
6512
    }
6513
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6514
}
6515
 
6516
/* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op.  */
6517
 
6518
static void
6519
pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6520
{
6521
  char *name, c, *p;
6522
  unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6523
  pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6524
  asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6525
 
6526
  if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6527
    {
6528
      input_line_pointer += 8;
6529
      bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6530
      S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6531
      type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6532
    }
6533
  else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6534
    {
6535
      input_line_pointer += 4;
6536
      /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6537
         instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6538
 
6539
         Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6540
         done.  Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6541
         silently fix them to be ENTRY types.  */
6542
      if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6543
        {
6544
          if (is_export)
6545
            as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6546
                       S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6547
 
6548
          bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6549
          type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6550
        }
6551
      else
6552
        {
6553
          bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6554
          type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6555
        }
6556
    }
6557
  else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6558
    {
6559
      input_line_pointer += 4;
6560
      bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6561
      bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6562
      type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6563
    }
6564
  else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6565
    {
6566
      input_line_pointer += 5;
6567
      bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6568
      type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6569
    }
6570
  else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6571
    {
6572
      input_line_pointer += 9;
6573
      bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6574
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
6575
      {
6576
        elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6577
        elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6578
          ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6579
                       STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6580
      }
6581
#endif
6582
      type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6583
    }
6584
  else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6585
    {
6586
      input_line_pointer += 6;
6587
      bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6588
      type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6589
    }
6590
  else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6591
    {
6592
      input_line_pointer += 8;
6593
      bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6594
      type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6595
    }
6596
  else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6597
    {
6598
      input_line_pointer += 8;
6599
      bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6600
      type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6601
    }
6602
 
6603
  /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6604
     than BFD understands.  This is how we get this information
6605
     to the SOM BFD backend.  */
6606
#ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6607
  obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6608
#endif
6609
 
6610
  /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6611
     handle any argument relocation information.  */
6612
  while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6613
    {
6614
      if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6615
        input_line_pointer++;
6616
      name = input_line_pointer;
6617
      c = get_symbol_end ();
6618
      /* Argument sources.  */
6619
      if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6620
        {
6621
          p = input_line_pointer;
6622
          *p = c;
6623
          input_line_pointer++;
6624
          temp = atoi (name + 4);
6625
          name = input_line_pointer;
6626
          c = get_symbol_end ();
6627
          arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6628
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6629
          symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6630
#endif
6631
          *input_line_pointer = c;
6632
        }
6633
      /* The return value.  */
6634
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6635
        {
6636
          p = input_line_pointer;
6637
          *p = c;
6638
          input_line_pointer++;
6639
          name = input_line_pointer;
6640
          c = get_symbol_end ();
6641
          arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6642
#if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6643
          symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6644
#endif
6645
          *input_line_pointer = c;
6646
        }
6647
      /* Privilege level.  */
6648
      else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6649
        {
6650
          p = input_line_pointer;
6651
          *p = c;
6652
          input_line_pointer++;
6653
          temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6654
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6655
          ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6656
#endif
6657
          c = get_symbol_end ();
6658
          *input_line_pointer = c;
6659
        }
6660
      else
6661
        {
6662
          as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6663
          p = input_line_pointer;
6664
          *p = c;
6665
        }
6666
      if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6667
        input_line_pointer++;
6668
    }
6669
}
6670
 
6671
/* Process a .EXPORT directive.  This makes functions external
6672
   and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6673
   to callers.  */
6674
 
6675
static void
6676
pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6677
{
6678
  char *name, c, *p;
6679
  symbolS *symbol;
6680
 
6681
  name = input_line_pointer;
6682
  c = get_symbol_end ();
6683
  /* Make sure the given symbol exists.  */
6684
  if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6685
    {
6686
      as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6687
      p = input_line_pointer;
6688
      *p = c;
6689
      input_line_pointer++;
6690
    }
6691
  else
6692
    {
6693
      /* OK.  Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6694
         For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6695
         S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6696
         Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing.  Manually
6697
         set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back.  */
6698
      S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6699
      symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6700
      p = input_line_pointer;
6701
      *p = c;
6702
      if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6703
        {
6704
          input_line_pointer++;
6705
          pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6706
        }
6707
    }
6708
 
6709
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6710
}
6711
 
6712
/* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op.  Any symbol referenced in a given
6713
   assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6714
   explicitly IMPORTED from another.  */
6715
 
6716
static void
6717
pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6718
{
6719
  char *name, c, *p;
6720
  symbolS *symbol;
6721
 
6722
  name = input_line_pointer;
6723
  c = get_symbol_end ();
6724
 
6725
  symbol = symbol_find (name);
6726
  /* Ugh.  We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6727
     in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6728
     (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc).  */
6729
  if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6730
    {
6731
      symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6732
      p = input_line_pointer;
6733
      *p = c;
6734
 
6735
      if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6736
        {
6737
          input_line_pointer++;
6738
          pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6739
        }
6740
      else
6741
        {
6742
          /* Sigh.  To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6743
             poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6744
             the current segment.  Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6745
             matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info.  */
6746
          if (now_seg == text_section)
6747
            symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6748
 
6749
          /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6750
             Since this is an import, leave the section undefined.  */
6751
          S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6752
        }
6753
    }
6754
  else
6755
    {
6756
      /* The symbol was already defined.  Just eat everything up to
6757
         the end of the current statement.  */
6758
      while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6759
        input_line_pointer++;
6760
    }
6761
 
6762
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6763
}
6764
 
6765
/* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op.  */
6766
 
6767
static void
6768
pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6769
{
6770
  char *name, c, *p;
6771
 
6772
  name = input_line_pointer;
6773
  c = get_symbol_end ();
6774
 
6775
  if (strlen (name) > 0)
6776
    {
6777
      colon (name);
6778
      p = input_line_pointer;
6779
      *p = c;
6780
    }
6781
  else
6782
    {
6783
      as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6784
    }
6785
 
6786
  if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6787
    {
6788
      as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6789
      ignore_rest_of_line ();
6790
    }
6791
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6792
}
6793
 
6794
/* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op.  This is not supported yet.  */
6795
 
6796
static void
6797
pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6798
{
6799
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6800
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6801
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6802
#endif
6803
 
6804
  as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6805
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6806
}
6807
 
6808
/* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op.  */
6809
 
6810
static void
6811
pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6812
{
6813
  char *level;
6814
 
6815
  level = input_line_pointer;
6816
  if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6817
    {
6818
      input_line_pointer += 3;
6819
      if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6820
        as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6821
    }
6822
  else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6823
    {
6824
      input_line_pointer += 3;
6825
      if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6826
        as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6827
    }
6828
  else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6829
    {
6830
      input_line_pointer += 4;
6831
      if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6832
        as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6833
    }
6834
  else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6835
    {
6836
      input_line_pointer += 3;
6837
      if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6838
        as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6839
    }
6840
  else
6841
    {
6842
      as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6843
      ignore_rest_of_line ();
6844
    }
6845
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6846
}
6847
 
6848
/* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op.  */
6849
 
6850
static void
6851
pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6852
{
6853
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6854
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6855
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6856
#endif
6857
 
6858
  s_org (0);
6859
  pa_undefine_label ();
6860
}
6861
 
6862
/* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op.  This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6863
   is for static functions.  FIXME.  Should share more code with .EXPORT.  */
6864
 
6865
static void
6866
pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6867
{
6868
  char *name, c, *p;
6869
  symbolS *symbol;
6870
 
6871
  name = input_line_pointer;
6872
  c = get_symbol_end ();
6873
 
6874
  if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6875
    {
6876
      as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6877
      p = input_line_pointer;
6878
      *p = c;
6879
      input_line_pointer++;
6880
    }
6881
  else
6882
    {
6883
      S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6884
      p = input_line_pointer;
6885
      *p = c;
6886
      if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6887
        {
6888
          input_line_pointer++;
6889
          pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6890
        }
6891
    }
6892
 
6893
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6894
}
6895
 
6896
/* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op.  It is used to mark the beginning
6897
   of a procedure from a syntactical point of view.  */
6898
 
6899
static void
6900
pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6901
{
6902
  struct call_info *call_info;
6903
 
6904
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6905
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6906
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6907
#endif
6908
 
6909
  if (within_procedure)
6910
    as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6911
 
6912
  /* Reset global variables for new procedure.  */
6913
  callinfo_found = FALSE;
6914
  within_procedure = TRUE;
6915
 
6916
  /* Create another call_info structure.  */
6917
  call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6918
 
6919
  if (!call_info)
6920
    as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6921
 
6922
  memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6923
 
6924
  call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6925
 
6926
  if (call_info_root == NULL)
6927
    {
6928
      call_info_root = call_info;
6929
      last_call_info = call_info;
6930
    }
6931
  else
6932
    {
6933
      last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6934
      last_call_info = call_info;
6935
    }
6936
 
6937
  /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6938
 
6939
  call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
6940
  call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
6941
  call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
6942
 
6943
  /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
6944
     locally.  Make sure it gets into the symbol table.  */
6945
  {
6946
    label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6947
 
6948
    if (label_symbol)
6949
      {
6950
        if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6951
          {
6952
            last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6953
            symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6954
          }
6955
        else
6956
          as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
6957
      }
6958
    else
6959
      last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
6960
  }
6961
 
6962
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6963
}
6964
 
6965
/* Process the syntactical end of a procedure.  Make sure all the
6966
   appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure.  */
6967
 
6968
static void
6969
pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6970
{
6971
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6972
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
6973
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6974
#endif
6975
 
6976
  /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
6977
     defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
6978
     label was defined after the .PROC directive.
6979
 
6980
     Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
6981
     for the label symbol in this case.  We have already switched
6982
     into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point.  */
6983
  if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6984
    {
6985
      label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6986
 
6987
      if (label_symbol)
6988
        {
6989
          if (label_symbol->lss_label)
6990
            {
6991
              last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6992
              symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
6993
                |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6994
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
6995
              /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
6996
                 information when the label appears after the proc/procend.  */
6997
              if (within_entry_exit)
6998
                {
6999
                  char *where;
7000
                  unsigned int u;
7001
 
7002
                  where = frag_more (0);
7003
                  u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7004
                  fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7005
                                NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7006
                                0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7007
                }
7008
#endif
7009
            }
7010
          else
7011
            as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7012
        }
7013
      else
7014
        as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7015
    }
7016
 
7017
  if (!within_procedure)
7018
    as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7019
 
7020
  if (!callinfo_found)
7021
    as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7022
 
7023
  if (within_entry_exit)
7024
    as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7025
 
7026
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
7027
  /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7028
     the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table).  */
7029
  hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7030
#endif
7031
 
7032
  within_procedure = FALSE;
7033
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7034
  pa_undefine_label ();
7035
}
7036
 
7037
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
7038
/* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7039
   return log2 (VALUE).  Else return -1.  */
7040
 
7041
static int
7042
exact_log2 (int value)
7043
{
7044
  int shift = 0;
7045
 
7046
  while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7047
    shift++;
7048
 
7049
  if (shift >= 32)
7050
    return -1;
7051
  else
7052
    return shift;
7053
}
7054
 
7055
/* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace.  */
7056
 
7057
static void
7058
pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7059
{
7060
  if (current_space == NULL)
7061
    as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7062
 
7063
  if (current_subspace == NULL)
7064
    as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7065
}
7066
 
7067
/* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7068
   then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7069
   by the parameters to the .SPACE directive.  */
7070
 
7071
static sd_chain_struct *
7072
pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
7073
{
7074
  char *name, *ptemp, c;
7075
  char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7076
  int spnum;
7077
  asection *seg = NULL;
7078
  sd_chain_struct *space;
7079
 
7080
  /* Load default values.  */
7081
  spnum = 0;
7082
  sort = 0;
7083
  loadable = TRUE;
7084
  defined = TRUE;
7085
  private = FALSE;
7086
  if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7087
    {
7088
      seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7089
      defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7090
      private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7091
      sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7092
      spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7093
    }
7094
  else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7095
    {
7096
      seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7097
      defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7098
      private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7099
      sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7100
      spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7101
    }
7102
 
7103
  if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7104
    {
7105
      print_errors = FALSE;
7106
      ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7107
      /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7108
         as a name.  According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7109
         the line should be ignored.  */
7110
      strict = 0;
7111
      pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7112
      if (pa_number >= 0)
7113
        {
7114
          spnum = pa_number;
7115
          input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7116
        }
7117
      else
7118
        {
7119
          while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7120
            {
7121
              input_line_pointer++;
7122
              name = input_line_pointer;
7123
              c = get_symbol_end ();
7124
              if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7125
                {
7126
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7127
                  input_line_pointer++;
7128
                  spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7129
                }
7130
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7131
                {
7132
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7133
                  input_line_pointer++;
7134
                  sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7135
                }
7136
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7137
                {
7138
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7139
                  loadable = FALSE;
7140
                }
7141
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7142
                {
7143
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7144
                  defined = FALSE;
7145
                }
7146
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7147
                {
7148
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7149
                  private = TRUE;
7150
                }
7151
              else
7152
                {
7153
                  as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7154
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7155
                  if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7156
                    input_line_pointer++;
7157
                }
7158
            }
7159
        }
7160
      print_errors = TRUE;
7161
    }
7162
 
7163
  if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7164
    seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7165
 
7166
  /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7167
     the attributes computed above.  Else set the values in
7168
     an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7169
     the first occurrence of a built-in space.  */
7170
  if (create_flag)
7171
    space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7172
                              private, sort, seg, 1);
7173
  else
7174
    {
7175
      space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7176
      SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7177
      SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7178
      SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7179
    }
7180
 
7181
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7182
  obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7183
#endif
7184
 
7185
  return space;
7186
}
7187
 
7188
/* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7189
   given space, creating the new space if necessary.  */
7190
 
7191
static void
7192
pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7193
{
7194
  char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7195
  sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7196
 
7197
  if (within_procedure)
7198
    {
7199
      as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7200
      ignore_rest_of_line ();
7201
    }
7202
  else
7203
    {
7204
      /* Check for some of the predefined spaces.   FIXME: most of the code
7205
         below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7206
         and place them into a subroutine or something similar?  */
7207
      /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7208
         What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"?  */
7209
      if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7210
        {
7211
          input_line_pointer += 6;
7212
          sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7213
          if (sd_chain == NULL)
7214
            sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7215
          else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7216
            sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7217
 
7218
          current_space = sd_chain;
7219
          subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7220
          current_subspace
7221
            = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7222
                                         sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7223
          demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7224
          return;
7225
        }
7226
      if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7227
        {
7228
          input_line_pointer += 9;
7229
          sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7230
          if (sd_chain == NULL)
7231
            sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7232
          else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7233
            sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7234
 
7235
          current_space = sd_chain;
7236
          subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7237
          current_subspace
7238
            = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7239
                                         sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7240
          demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7241
          return;
7242
        }
7243
      if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7244
                        GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7245
                        strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7246
        {
7247
          input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7248
          sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7249
          if (sd_chain == NULL)
7250
            sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7251
          else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7252
            sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7253
 
7254
          current_space = sd_chain;
7255
 
7256
          {
7257
            asection *gdb_section
7258
            = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7259
 
7260
            subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7261
            current_subspace
7262
              = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7263
                                           sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7264
          }
7265
          demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7266
          return;
7267
        }
7268
 
7269
      /* It could be a space specified by number.  */
7270
      print_errors = 0;
7271
      save_s = input_line_pointer;
7272
      strict = 0;
7273
      pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7274
      if (pa_number >= 0)
7275
        {
7276
          if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7277
            {
7278
              current_space = sd_chain;
7279
 
7280
              subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7281
              current_subspace
7282
                = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7283
                                             sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7284
              demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7285
              return;
7286
            }
7287
        }
7288
 
7289
      /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space.  */
7290
      print_errors = 1;
7291
      input_line_pointer = save_s;
7292
      name = input_line_pointer;
7293
      c = get_symbol_end ();
7294
      space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7295
      strcpy (space_name, name);
7296
      *input_line_pointer = c;
7297
 
7298
      sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7299
      current_space = sd_chain;
7300
 
7301
      subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7302
      current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7303
                                                  sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7304
      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7305
    }
7306
}
7307
 
7308
/* Switch to a new space.  (I think).  FIXME.  */
7309
 
7310
static void
7311
pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7312
{
7313
  char *name;
7314
  char c;
7315
  char *p;
7316
  sd_chain_struct *space;
7317
 
7318
  name = input_line_pointer;
7319
  c = get_symbol_end ();
7320
  space = is_defined_space (name);
7321
  if (space)
7322
    {
7323
      p = frag_more (4);
7324
      md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7325
    }
7326
  else
7327
    as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7328
 
7329
  *input_line_pointer = c;
7330
  demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7331
}
7332
 
7333
/* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7334
   given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7335
 
7336
   FIXME.  Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7337
   they're broken up into subroutines.  */
7338
 
7339
static void
7340
pa_subspace (int create_new)
7341
{
7342
  char *name, *ss_name, c;
7343
  char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7344
  int i, access, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7345
  sd_chain_struct *space;
7346
  ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7347
  asection *section;
7348
 
7349
  if (current_space == NULL)
7350
    as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7351
 
7352
  if (within_procedure)
7353
    {
7354
      as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7355
      ignore_rest_of_line ();
7356
    }
7357
  else
7358
    {
7359
      name = input_line_pointer;
7360
      c = get_symbol_end ();
7361
      ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7362
      strcpy (ss_name, name);
7363
      *input_line_pointer = c;
7364
 
7365
      /* Load default values.  */
7366
      sort = 0;
7367
      access = 0x7f;
7368
      loadable = 1;
7369
      comdat = 0;
7370
      common = 0;
7371
      dup_common = 0;
7372
      code_only = 0;
7373
      zero = 0;
7374
      space_index = ~0;
7375
      alignment = 1;
7376
      quadrant = 0;
7377
 
7378
      space = current_space;
7379
      if (create_new)
7380
        ssd = NULL;
7381
      else
7382
        ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7383
      /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces.  But
7384
         only allow the attributes to be changed once!  */
7385
      if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7386
        {
7387
          subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7388
          current_subspace = ssd;
7389
          if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7390
            as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7391
          demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7392
          return;
7393
        }
7394
      else
7395
        {
7396
          /* A new subspace.  Load default values if it matches one of
7397
             the builtin subspaces.  */
7398
          i = 0;
7399
          while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7400
            {
7401
              if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7402
                {
7403
                  loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7404
                  comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7405
                  common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7406
                  dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7407
                  code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7408
                  zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7409
                  space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7410
                  alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7411
                  quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7412
                  access = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7413
                  sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7414
                  break;
7415
                }
7416
              i++;
7417
            }
7418
        }
7419
 
7420
      /* We should be working with a new subspace now.  Fill in
7421
         any information as specified by the user.  */
7422
      if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7423
        {
7424
          input_line_pointer++;
7425
          while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7426
            {
7427
              name = input_line_pointer;
7428
              c = get_symbol_end ();
7429
              if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7430
                {
7431
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7432
                  input_line_pointer++;
7433
                  quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7434
                }
7435
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7436
                {
7437
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7438
                  input_line_pointer++;
7439
                  alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7440
                  if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7441
                    {
7442
                      as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7443
                      alignment = 1;
7444
                    }
7445
                }
7446
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7447
                {
7448
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7449
                  input_line_pointer++;
7450
                  access = get_absolute_expression ();
7451
                }
7452
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7453
                {
7454
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7455
                  input_line_pointer++;
7456
                  sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7457
                }
7458
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7459
                {
7460
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7461
                  code_only = 1;
7462
                }
7463
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7464
                {
7465
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7466
                  loadable = 0;
7467
                }
7468
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7469
                {
7470
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7471
                  comdat = 1;
7472
                }
7473
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7474
                {
7475
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7476
                  common = 1;
7477
                }
7478
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7479
                {
7480
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7481
                  dup_common = 1;
7482
                }
7483
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7484
                {
7485
                  *input_line_pointer = c;
7486
                  zero = 1;
7487
                }
7488
              else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7489
                as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7490
              else
7491
                as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7492
              if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7493
                input_line_pointer++;
7494
            }
7495
        }
7496
 
7497
      /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7498
         in the .subspace directive.  */
7499
      applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7500
      flags = 0;
7501
      if (loadable)
7502
        flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7503
      if (code_only)
7504
        flags |= SEC_CODE;
7505
 
7506
      /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7507
         common.  The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7508
         have the same "key" symbol name.  This support is more like
7509
         GNU linkonce than BFD common.  Further, pc-relative relocations
7510
         are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7511
         sections.  This complicates the handling of relocations in
7512
         common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7513
         correctly in the SOM BFD backend.  */
7514
      if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7515
        flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7516
 
7517
      flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7518
 
7519
      /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS).  */
7520
      if (zero)
7521
        flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7522
 
7523
      applicable &= flags;
7524
 
7525
      /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7526
         segment already associated with the subspace.
7527
 
7528
         FIXME NOW!  ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7529
         lots of sections.  It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7530
         code, I do not know yet.  For now avoid creating anything
7531
         but the "standard" sections for ELF.  */
7532
      if (create_new)
7533
        section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7534
      else if (ssd)
7535
        section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7536
      else
7537
        section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7538
 
7539
      if (zero)
7540
        seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7541
 
7542
      /* Now set the flags.  */
7543
      bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7544
 
7545
      /* Record any alignment request for this section.  */
7546
      record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7547
 
7548
      /* Set the starting offset for this section.  */
7549
      bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7550
                           pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7551
 
7552
      /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7553
         or create a new one.  */
7554
      if (ssd)
7555
 
7556
        current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7557
                                            code_only, comdat, common,
7558
                                            dup_common, sort, zero, access,
7559
                                            space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7560
                                            section);
7561
      else
7562
        current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7563
                                                code_only, comdat, common,
7564
                                                dup_common, zero, sort,
7565
                                                access, space_index,
7566
                                                alignment, quadrant, section);
7567
 
7568
      demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7569
      current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7570
      subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7571
    }
7572
  SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7573
}
7574
 
7575
/* Create default space and subspace dictionaries.  */
7576
 
7577
static void
7578
pa_spaces_begin (void)
7579
{
7580
  int i;
7581
 
7582
  space_dict_root = NULL;
7583
  space_dict_last = NULL;
7584
 
7585
  i = 0;
7586
  while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7587
    {
7588
      char *name;
7589
 
7590
      /* Pick the right name to use for the new section.  */
7591
      name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7592
 
7593
      pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7594
      create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7595
                        pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7596
                        pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7597
                        pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7598
      i++;
7599
    }
7600
 
7601
  i = 0;
7602
  while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7603
    {
7604
      char *name;
7605
      int applicable, subsegment;
7606
      asection *segment = NULL;
7607
      sd_chain_struct *space;
7608
 
7609
      /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7610
         subsegment number.  */
7611
      name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7612
      subsegment = 0;
7613
 
7614
      /* Create the new section.  */
7615
      segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7616
 
7617
      /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7618
         sections with our own.   We also want to set BFD flags for
7619
         all the built-in subspaces.  */
7620
      if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7621
        {
7622
          text_section = segment;
7623
          applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7624
          bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7625
                                 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7626
                                               | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7627
                                               | SEC_READONLY
7628
                                               | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7629
        }
7630
      else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7631
        {
7632
          data_section = segment;
7633
          applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7634
          bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7635
                                 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7636
                                               | SEC_RELOC
7637
                                               | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7638
 
7639
        }
7640
      else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7641
        {
7642
          bss_section = segment;
7643
          applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7644
          bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7645
                                 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7646
        }
7647
      else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7648
        {
7649
          applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7650
          bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7651
                                 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7652
                                               | SEC_RELOC
7653
                                               | SEC_READONLY
7654
                                               | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7655
        }
7656
      else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7657
        {
7658
          applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7659
          bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7660
                                 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7661
                                               | SEC_RELOC
7662
                                               | SEC_READONLY
7663
                                               | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7664
        }
7665
      else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7666
        {
7667
          applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7668
          bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7669
                                 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7670
                                               | SEC_RELOC
7671
                                               | SEC_READONLY
7672
                                               | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7673
        }
7674
 
7675
      /* Find the space associated with this subspace.  */
7676
      space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7677
                                                 def_space_index].segment);
7678
      if (space == NULL)
7679
        {
7680
          as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7681
                    pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7682
        }
7683
 
7684
      create_new_subspace (space, name,
7685
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7686
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7687
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7688
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7689
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7690
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7691
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7692
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7693
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7694
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7695
                           pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7696
                           segment);
7697
      i++;
7698
    }
7699
}
7700
 
7701
/* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7702
   by the given parameters.  */
7703
 
7704
static sd_chain_struct *
7705
create_new_space (char *name,
7706
                  int spnum,
7707
                  int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7708
                  int defined,
7709
                  int private,
7710
                  int sort,
7711
                  asection *seg,
7712
                  int user_defined)
7713
{
7714
  sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7715
 
7716
  chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7717
  if (!chain_entry)
7718
    as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7719
              name);
7720
 
7721
  SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7722
  strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7723
  SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7724
  SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7725
  SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7726
 
7727
  chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7728
  chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7729
  chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7730
  chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7731
 
7732
  /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key.  */
7733
  if (!space_dict_last)
7734
    space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7735
 
7736
  if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7737
    space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7738
  else
7739
    {
7740
      sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7741
      sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7742
 
7743
      chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7744
      prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7745
 
7746
      while (chain_pointer)
7747
        {
7748
          prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7749
          chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7750
        }
7751
 
7752
      /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7753
         entry.  So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate.  */
7754
      if (prev_chain_pointer)
7755
        {
7756
          chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7757
          prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7758
        }
7759
      else
7760
        {
7761
          space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7762
          chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7763
        }
7764
 
7765
      if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7766
        space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7767
    }
7768
 
7769
  /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7770
     modified by the user's input.  Another call is found at
7771
     the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7772
     the user modifies a predefined space.  */
7773
#ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7774
  obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7775
#endif
7776
 
7777
  return chain_entry;
7778
}
7779
 
7780
/* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7781
   by the given parameters.
7782
 
7783
   Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7784
   order as defined by the SORT entries.  */
7785
 
7786
static ssd_chain_struct *
7787
create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7788
                     char *name,
7789
                     int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7790
                     int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7791
                     int comdat,
7792
                     int common,
7793
                     int dup_common,
7794
                     int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7795
                     int sort,
7796
                     int access,
7797
                     int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7798
                     int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7799
                     int quadrant,
7800
                     asection *seg)
7801
{
7802
  ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7803
 
7804
  chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7805
  if (!chain_entry)
7806
    as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7807
 
7808
  SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7809
  strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7810
 
7811
  /* Initialize subspace_defined.  When we hit a .subspace directive
7812
     we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes.  */
7813
  SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7814
 
7815
  chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7816
  chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7817
  chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7818
 
7819
  /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key.  */
7820
  if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7821
    space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7822
  else
7823
    {
7824
      ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7825
      ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7826
 
7827
      chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7828
      prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7829
 
7830
      while (chain_pointer)
7831
        {
7832
          prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7833
          chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7834
        }
7835
 
7836
      /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry.  Insert it and update
7837
         the links.  */
7838
      if (prev_chain_pointer)
7839
        {
7840
          chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7841
          prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7842
        }
7843
      else
7844
        {
7845
          space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7846
          chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7847
        }
7848
    }
7849
 
7850
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7851
  obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7852
                                 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7853
#endif
7854
 
7855
  return chain_entry;
7856
}
7857
 
7858
/* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7859
   various arguments.   Return the modified subspace chain entry.  */
7860
 
7861
static ssd_chain_struct *
7862
update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7863
                 char *name,
7864
                 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7865
                 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7866
                 int comdat,
7867
                 int common,
7868
                 int dup_common,
7869
                 int sort,
7870
                 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7871
                 int access,
7872
                 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7873
                 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7874
                 int quadrant,
7875
                 asection *section)
7876
{
7877
  ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7878
 
7879
  chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7880
 
7881
#ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7882
  obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access, sort,
7883
                                 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7884
#endif
7885
 
7886
  return chain_entry;
7887
}
7888
 
7889
/* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7890
   NULL if no such space exists.  */
7891
 
7892
static sd_chain_struct *
7893
is_defined_space (char *name)
7894
{
7895
  sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7896
 
7897
  for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7898
       chain_pointer;
7899
       chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7900
    if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7901
      return chain_pointer;
7902
 
7903
  /* No mapping from segment to space was found.  Return NULL.  */
7904
  return NULL;
7905
}
7906
 
7907
/* Find and return the space associated with the given seg.  If no mapping
7908
   from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7909
 
7910
   Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7911
   so a linear exhaustive search is OK here.  */
7912
 
7913
static sd_chain_struct *
7914
pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7915
{
7916
  sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7917
 
7918
  /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping.  */
7919
  for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7920
       space_chain;
7921
       space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7922
    if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7923
      return space_chain;
7924
 
7925
  /* Mapping was not found.  Return NULL.  */
7926
  return NULL;
7927
}
7928
 
7929
/* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7930
   NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
7931
 
7932
   When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7933
   the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7934
   For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7935
   COMDAT data.
7936
 
7937
   Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7938
   not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7939
   own subspace.  */
7940
 
7941
static ssd_chain_struct *
7942
is_defined_subspace (char *name)
7943
{
7944
  sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7945
  ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7946
 
7947
  /* Walk through each space.  */
7948
  for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7949
       space_chain;
7950
       space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7951
    {
7952
      /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches.  */
7953
      for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7954
           subspace_chain;
7955
           subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7956
        if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
7957
          return subspace_chain;
7958
    }
7959
 
7960
  /* Subspace wasn't found.  Return NULL.  */
7961
  return NULL;
7962
}
7963
 
7964
/* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg.  If no
7965
   mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
7966
 
7967
   If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
7968
   (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
7969
   to become more efficient.  */
7970
 
7971
static ssd_chain_struct *
7972
pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
7973
{
7974
  sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7975
  ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
7976
 
7977
  /* Walk through each space.  */
7978
  for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7979
       space_chain;
7980
       space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7981
    {
7982
      if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7983
        {
7984
          /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
7985
             the correct mapping.  */
7986
          for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
7987
               subspace_chain;
7988
               subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
7989
            if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
7990
              return subspace_chain;
7991
        }
7992
    }
7993
 
7994
  /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found.  Return NULL.  */
7995
  return NULL;
7996
}
7997
 
7998
/* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
7999
 
8000
   Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8001
   that was found or NULL on failure.  */
8002
 
8003
static sd_chain_struct *
8004
pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
8005
{
8006
  sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8007
 
8008
  for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8009
       space_chain;
8010
       space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8011
    {
8012
      if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8013
        return space_chain;
8014
    }
8015
 
8016
  /* No appropriate space found.  Return NULL.  */
8017
  return NULL;
8018
}
8019
 
8020
/* Return the starting address for the given subspace.  If the starting
8021
   address is unknown then return zero.  */
8022
 
8023
static unsigned int
8024
pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8025
{
8026
  /* FIXME.  Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8027
     is not correct for the PA OSF1 port.  */
8028
  if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8029
    return 0x40000000;
8030
  else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8031
    return 0x40000000;
8032
  else
8033
    return 0;
8034
  return 0;
8035
}
8036
#endif
8037
 
8038
/* Helper function for pa_stringer.  Used to find the end of
8039
   a string.  */
8040
 
8041
static unsigned int
8042
pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8043
{
8044
  unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8045
 
8046
  switch (c)
8047
    {
8048
    case '\"':
8049
      c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8050
      break;
8051
    default:
8052
      break;
8053
    }
8054
  return c;
8055
}
8056
 
8057
/* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op.  */
8058
 
8059
static void
8060
pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8061
{
8062
  char *s, num_buf[4];
8063
  unsigned int c;
8064
  int i;
8065
 
8066
  /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8067
     For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8068
     changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number.  */
8069
 
8070
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8071
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
8072
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8073
#endif
8074
 
8075
  /* Skip the opening quote.  */
8076
  s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8077
 
8078
  while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8079
    {
8080
      if (c == '\\')
8081
        {
8082
          c = *s;
8083
          switch (c)
8084
            {
8085
              /* Handle \x<num>.  */
8086
            case 'x':
8087
              {
8088
                unsigned int number;
8089
                int num_digit;
8090
                char dg;
8091
                char *s_start = s;
8092
 
8093
                /* Get past the 'x'.  */
8094
                s++;
8095
                for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8096
                     num_digit < 2
8097
                     && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8098
                         || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8099
                     num_digit++)
8100
                  {
8101
                    if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8102
                      number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8103
                    else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8104
                      number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8105
                    else
8106
                      number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8107
 
8108
                    s++;
8109
                    dg = *s;
8110
                  }
8111
                if (num_digit > 0)
8112
                  {
8113
                    switch (num_digit)
8114
                      {
8115
                      case 1:
8116
                        sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8117
                        break;
8118
                      case 2:
8119
                        sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8120
                        break;
8121
                      }
8122
                    for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8123
                      s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8124
                  }
8125
                break;
8126
              }
8127
            /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char.  */
8128
            default:
8129
              s++;
8130
              break;
8131
            }
8132
        }
8133
    }
8134
  stringer (8 + append_zero);
8135
  pa_undefine_label ();
8136
}
8137
 
8138
/* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op.  */
8139
 
8140
static void
8141
pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8142
{
8143
  obj_version (0);
8144
  pa_undefine_label ();
8145
}
8146
 
8147
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8148
 
8149
/* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op.  */
8150
 
8151
static void
8152
pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8153
{
8154
  obj_som_compiler (0);
8155
  pa_undefine_label ();
8156
}
8157
 
8158
#endif
8159
 
8160
/* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op.  */
8161
 
8162
static void
8163
pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8164
{
8165
  obj_copyright (0);
8166
  pa_undefine_label ();
8167
}
8168
 
8169
/* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8170
   the latest space label.  */
8171
 
8172
static void
8173
pa_cons (int nbytes)
8174
{
8175
  cons (nbytes);
8176
  pa_undefine_label ();
8177
}
8178
 
8179
/* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label.  */
8180
 
8181
static void
8182
pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8183
{
8184
  float_cons (float_type);
8185
  pa_undefine_label ();
8186
}
8187
 
8188
/* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished.  */
8189
 
8190
static void
8191
pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8192
{
8193
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8194
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
8195
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8196
#endif
8197
 
8198
  s_fill (0);
8199
  pa_undefine_label ();
8200
}
8201
 
8202
/* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished.  */
8203
 
8204
static void
8205
pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8206
{
8207
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8208
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
8209
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8210
#endif
8211
 
8212
  s_lcomm (needs_align);
8213
  pa_undefine_label ();
8214
}
8215
 
8216
/* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished.  */
8217
 
8218
static void
8219
pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8220
{
8221
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8222
  /* We must have a valid space and subspace.  */
8223
  pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8224
#endif
8225
 
8226
  s_lsym (0);
8227
  pa_undefine_label ();
8228
}
8229
 
8230
/* This function is called once, at assembler startup time.  It should
8231
   set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need.  */
8232
 
8233
void
8234
md_begin (void)
8235
{
8236
  const char *retval = NULL;
8237
  int lose = 0;
8238
  unsigned int i = 0;
8239
 
8240
  last_call_info = NULL;
8241
  call_info_root = NULL;
8242
 
8243
  /* Set the default machine type.  */
8244
  if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8245
    as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8246
 
8247
  /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8248
     Warn user and disable "-R" option.  */
8249
  if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8250
    {
8251
      as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8252
      flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8253
    }
8254
 
8255
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8256
  pa_spaces_begin ();
8257
#endif
8258
 
8259
  op_hash = hash_new ();
8260
 
8261
  while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8262
    {
8263
      const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8264
 
8265
      retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8266
      if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8267
        {
8268
          as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8269
          lose = 1;
8270
        }
8271
 
8272
      do
8273
        {
8274
          if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8275
              != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8276
            {
8277
              fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8278
                       pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8279
              lose = 1;
8280
            }
8281
          ++i;
8282
        }
8283
      while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8284
    }
8285
 
8286
  if (lose)
8287
    as_fatal (_("Broken assembler.  No assembly attempted."));
8288
 
8289
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8290
  /* SOM will change text_section.  To make sure we never put
8291
     anything into the old one switch to the new one now.  */
8292
  subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8293
#endif
8294
 
8295
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8296
  dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8297
  S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8298
  /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol.  */
8299
  symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
8300
#endif
8301
}
8302
 
8303
/* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8304
   adjusted.  This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8305
   relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8306
 
8307
   "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8308
   globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8309
   an entry in the DLT table.  The entries contain the address of
8310
   the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8311
   with the address of "foo").
8312
 
8313
   Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8314
   when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8315
   $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8316
 
8317
   The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8318
   any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8319
   selectors).
8320
 
8321
   ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8322
   reductions make life a living hell for object file editors.  */
8323
 
8324
int
8325
hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8326
{
8327
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8328
  reloc_type code;
8329
#endif
8330
  struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8331
 
8332
  hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8333
 
8334
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8335
  /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8336
     types.  We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8337
     even if they occur with a different selector.  */
8338
  code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8339
                                    hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8340
                                    hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8341
 
8342
  switch (code)
8343
    {
8344
    /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel.  */
8345
    case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8346
    case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8347
    case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8348
    case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8349
 
8350
    /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel.  */
8351
    case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8352
    case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8353
    case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8354
    case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8355
    case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8356
    case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8357
    case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8358
    case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8359
    case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8360
    case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8361
    case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8362
    case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8363
    case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8364
 
8365
    /* Other types that we reject for reduction.  */
8366
    case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8367
    case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8368
      return 0;
8369
    default:
8370
      break;
8371
    }
8372
#endif
8373
 
8374
  /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8375
     the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8376
 
8377
     XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8378
     for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8379
     supported using the optimizing hp linker.  */
8380
  if (fixp->fx_addsy
8381
      && fixp->fx_subsy
8382
      && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8383
    return 0;
8384
 
8385
  /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8386
 
8387
     If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8388
     adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8389
     the start of the section.  Additionally, the linker has no choice
8390
     but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8391
     "ld -r".  Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8392
     addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8393
     it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8394
     sum to the right value.
8395
 
8396
     eg. Suppose we have
8397
     .          ldil    LR%foo+0,%r21
8398
     .          ldw     RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8399
     .          ldw     RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8400
 
8401
     If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8402
     reducing to the section symbol we get
8403
     .                  LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8404
     .                  RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8405
     .                  RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8406
     and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8407
     multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8408
 
8409
     In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8410
     will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8411
     addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8412
     linker bug.  ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8413
     above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one.  */
8414
 
8415
  if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8416
      || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8417
      || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8418
    return 0;
8419
 
8420
  /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8421
     relocations with plabels.  */
8422
  if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8423
      || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8424
      || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8425
      || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8426
      || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8427
      || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8428
    return 0;
8429
 
8430
  /* Reject absolute calls (jumps).  */
8431
  if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8432
    return 0;
8433
 
8434
  /* Reject reductions of function symbols.  */
8435
  if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8436
    return 0;
8437
 
8438
  return 1;
8439
}
8440
 
8441
/* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8442
   even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8443
   within GAS.  */
8444
 
8445
int
8446
hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8447
{
8448
  struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8449
 
8450
  hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8451
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8452
  if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8453
      || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8454
      || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8455
      || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8456
      || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8457
      || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8458
      || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8459
          && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8460
    return 1;
8461
#endif
8462
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8463
  if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8464
      || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8465
    return 1;
8466
#endif
8467
 
8468
  gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8469
 
8470
  /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8471
     linking works.  */
8472
  if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8473
    return 1;
8474
 
8475
  /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8476
     entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8477
     call stub.  */
8478
  if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8479
      && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8480
                                hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8481
    return 1;
8482
 
8483
  /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub.  */
8484
  if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8485
    {
8486
      long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8487
      valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8488
 
8489
      distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8490
 
8491
      /* Distance to the closest possible stub.  This will detect most
8492
         but not all circumstances where a stub will not work.  */
8493
      min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8494
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8495
      if (last_call_info != NULL)
8496
        min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8497
#endif
8498
 
8499
      if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8500
           && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8501
          || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8502
              && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8503
              && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8504
          || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8505
              && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8506
              && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8507
          )
8508
        return 1;
8509
    }
8510
 
8511
  if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8512
    return 1;
8513
 
8514
  /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted.  */
8515
  return 0;
8516
}
8517
 
8518
/* Now for some ELF specific code.  FIXME.  */
8519
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8520
/* For ELF, this function serves one purpose:  to setup the st_size
8521
   field of STT_FUNC symbols.  To do this, we need to scan the
8522
   call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8523
   difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols.  */
8524
 
8525
void
8526
elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8527
{
8528
  struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8529
 
8530
  for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8531
       call_info_pointer;
8532
       call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8533
    {
8534
      elf_symbol_type *esym
8535
        = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8536
           symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8537
      esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8538
        S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8539
        - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8540
    }
8541
}
8542
 
8543
static void
8544
pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8545
{
8546
  struct fix *new_fix;
8547
 
8548
  new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8549
 
8550
  if (new_fix)
8551
    {
8552
      struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8553
 
8554
      hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8555
      hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8556
      hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8557
      hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8558
      hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8559
      new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8560
      new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8561
    }
8562
}
8563
 
8564
static void
8565
pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8566
{
8567
  struct fix *new_fix;
8568
 
8569
  new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8570
 
8571
  if (new_fix)
8572
    {
8573
      struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8574
 
8575
      hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8576
      hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8577
      hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8578
      hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8579
      hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8580
      new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8581
      new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8582
    }
8583
}
8584
#endif
8585
 
8586
/* Table of pseudo ops for the PA.  FIXME -- how many of these
8587
   are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8588
   dependent tables?  */
8589
const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8590
{
8591
  /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8592
     not the log2 of the requested alignment.  */
8593
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8594
  {"align", pa_align, 8},
8595
#endif
8596
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8597
  {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8598
#endif
8599
  {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8600
  {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8601
  {"block", pa_block, 1},
8602
  {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8603
  {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8604
  {"call", pa_call, 0},
8605
  {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8606
#if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8607
  {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8608
#else
8609
  {"code", pa_text, 0},
8610
  {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8611
#endif
8612
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8613
  {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8614
#endif
8615
  {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8616
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8617
  {"data", pa_data, 0},
8618
#endif
8619
  {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8620
  {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8621
  {"end", pa_end, 0},
8622
  {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8623
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8624
  {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8625
#endif
8626
  {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8627
  {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8628
  {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8629
  {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8630
  {"export", pa_export, 0},
8631
  {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8632
  {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8633
  {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8634
  {"import", pa_import, 0},
8635
  {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8636
  {"label", pa_label, 0},
8637
  {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8638
  {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8639
  {"level", pa_level, 0},
8640
  {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8641
  {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8642
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8643
  {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8644
#endif
8645
  {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8646
  {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8647
  {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8648
  {"param", pa_param, 0},
8649
  {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8650
  {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8651
  {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8652
  {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8653
  {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8654
  {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8655
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8656
  {"space", pa_space, 0},
8657
  {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8658
#endif
8659
  {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8660
  {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8661
#ifdef OBJ_SOM
8662
  {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8663
#endif
8664
#if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8665
  {"text", pa_text, 0},
8666
#endif
8667
  {"version", pa_version, 0},
8668
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8669
  {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8670
  {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8671
#endif
8672
  {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8673
  {NULL, 0, 0}
8674
};
8675
 
8676
#ifdef OBJ_ELF
8677
void
8678
hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8679
{
8680
  cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8681
}
8682
 
8683
int
8684
hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8685
{
8686
  unsigned int regnum = -1;
8687
  unsigned int i;
8688
  const char *p;
8689
  char *q;
8690
  static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8691
    {
8692
      { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8693
    };
8694
 
8695
  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8696
    if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8697
      return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8698
 
8699
  if (regname[0] == 'r')
8700
    {
8701
      p = regname + 1;
8702
      regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8703
      if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8704
        return -1;
8705
    }
8706
  else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8707
    {
8708
      p = regname + 2;
8709
      regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8710
#if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
8711
      if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8712
        return -1;
8713
      regnum += 32 - 4;
8714
#else
8715
      if (p == q
8716
          || (*q  && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8717
          || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8718
        return -1;
8719
      regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8720
      if (*q == 'R')
8721
        regnum++;
8722
#endif
8723
    }
8724
  return regnum;
8725
}
8726
#endif

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.